Canon IRC2100

Color imageRUNNER C2050/2020
iR C2100/2100S
This publication is
printed on 100%
recycled paper.
Color imageRUNNER
C2050/2020
iR C2100/2100S
SERVICE HANDBOOK
REVISION 0
REVISION 0
CANON INC.
NOV. 2000
PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON)
1100AB0.50-0
Cover 4
FY8-23B9-000
COPYRIGHT 2000 CANON INC. 2000 CANON C2050/2020, C2100/2100S REV.0 NOV. 2000 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON)
Cover 1
Application
This manual has been issued by Canon Inc. for qualified persons to learn technical
theory, installation, maintenance, and repair of products. This manual covers all localities
where the products are sold. For this reason, there may be information in this manual that
does not apply to your locality.
Corrections
This manual may contain technical inaccuracies or typographical errors due to
improvements or changes in products. When changes occur in applicable products or in
the contents of this manual, Canon will release technical information as the need arises.
In the event of major changes in the contents of this manual over a long or short period,
Canon will issue a new edition of this manual.
The following paragraph does not apply to any countries where such provisions are
inconsistent with local law.
Trademarks
The product names and company names used in this manual are the registered
trademarks of the individual companies.
Prepared by
Office Imaging Products Technical Support Division
Office Imaging Products Quality Assurance Center
CANON INC.
Printed in Japan
REVISION 0 (NOV. 2000) (23715/26168/36086)
5-1, Hakusan 7-chome, Toride-shi, Ibaraki 302-8501 Japan
Copyright
This manual is copyrighted with all rights reserved. Under the copyright laws, this
manual may not be copied, reproduced or translated into another language, in whole or in
part, without the written consent of Canon Inc.
COPYRIGHT 2000 CANON INC.

Printed in Japan
Imprim au Japon
Caution
Use of this manual should be strictly supervised to avoid disclosure of confidential information.
Cover 2
Cover 3
INTRODUCTION
1 Symbols Used
This documentation uses the following symbols to indicate special information:
Symbol
Description
Indicates an item of a non-specific nature, possibly classified as Note, Caution,
or Warning.
Indicates an item requiring care to avoid electric shocks.
Indicates an item requiring care to avoid combustion (fire).
Indicates an item prohibiting disassembly to avoid electric shocks or problems.
Indicates an item requiring disconnection of the power plug from the electric
outlet.
Memo
REF.
Indicates an item intended to provide notes assisting the understanding of the

topic in question.
Indicates an item of reference assisting the understanding of the topic in question.
Provides a description of a service mode.
Provides a description of the nature of an error indication.
Refers to the Copier Basics Series for a better understanding of the contents.
Introduction.p65
00/10/25, 12:00
INTRODUCTION
ii
Introduction.p65
00/10/25, 12:00
CONTENTS
Contents (Reader Unit)

CHAPTER 1 MAINTENANCE AND INSPECTION
1 Periodically Replaced Parts ................ 1-1
2 Consumables and Durables ................ 1-1
3 Scheduled Servicing ........................... 1-2

4 Scheduled Servicing Chart ................. 1-4
CHAPTER 2 STANDARDS AND ADJUSTMENTS

1 Adjusting the Image Position ............. 2-1
1.1 Standards .................................... 2-1
1.2 Checking the Image Position ..... 2-1
2 Making Scanner-Related
Adjustments ........................................ 2-2
2.1 Routing the Scanner Drive
Cable .......................................... 2-2
2.2 Adjusting the Intensity of
the Scanning Lamp .................... 2-3
2.3 After Replacing the Scanning
Lamp .......................................... 2-4
2.4 Mounting Back the Existing
Scanning Lamp .......................... 2-4
2.5 Keeping the Reader Unit
Level ........................................... 2-5
2.6 After Replacing the Standard
White Plate ................................. 2-6
3 Adjusting Other Electrical Parts ......... 2-7
3.1 When Replacing the CCD
Unit ............................................ 2-7
3.2 When Replacing the Reader

Controller PCB .......................... 2-8
3.3 When Replacing the AP-IP
PCB ............................................ 2-9
3.4 When Replacing the ECO
PCB ............................................ 2-9
3.5 When Replacing the Light
Intensity Detection PCB ............ 2-9
4 Checking the Photointerrupters ........ 2-10
5 Upgrading the Machine .................... 2-12
5.1 Replacing the DIMM ............... 2-12
5.1.1 Removing the DIMM from
the Reader Controller
PCB .................................... 2-13
5.1.2 Mounting the DIMM on the
Reader Controller PCB ...... 2-14
5.2 Downloading ............................ 2-15
5.2.1 Making Preparations .......... 2-15
5.2.2 Downloading Procedure .... 2-15
CHAPTER 3 ARRANGEMENT AND FUNCTIONS

OF ELECTRICAL PARTS
1 Variable Resistors, Light-Emitting
Diodes, and Check Pins by PCB ........ 3-6
iii
Introduction.p65
00/10/25, 12:00
2
3
CONTENTS
APPENDIX
1 General Timing Chart ........................ A-1
2 Signals and Abbreviations ................. A-3
2.1 Signals ....................................... A-3
2.2 Abbreviations ............................ A-4
3 Special Tools ...................................... A-4

4 Solvents and Oils ............................... A-4
5 Reader Unit General Timing
Diagram ............................................. A-5
iv
Introduction.p65
00/10/25, 12:00
CONTENTS
Contents (Printer Unit)

1 Periodically Replaced Parts ................ 1-1
2 Consumables and Durables ................ 1-2
2.1 Printer Unit ................................ 1-2
2.2 Cassette Pedestal ........................ 1-3

3 Scheduled Servicing ........................... 1-4
4 Scheduled Servicing Chart ................. 1-6

1 Adjusting the Image Position ............. 2-1
1.1 Standards for Image
Position ...................................... 2-1
1.2 Checking the Position of
the Image .................................... 2-2
1.3 Adjusting the Left/Right
Image Margin ............................. 2-3
1.4 Adjusting the Leading
Edge Margin .............................. 2-7
1.5 Adjusting the Left/Right
Non-Image Width ...................... 2-7
1.6 Leading Edge Non-Image
Width .......................................... 2-7
2 Image Formation System-Related
Adjustments ........................................ 2-8
2.1 Points to Note When
Handling the Drum Unit ............ 2-8
2.2 After Replacing the Drum
Unit ............................................ 2-8
2.3 After Replacing the
Transfer Belt .............................. 2-9
3 Pickup/Feed System-Related
Adjustments ...................................... 2-10
3.1 Attaching the Timing Belt
for the Manual Feed Tray
Assembly ................................. 2-10
3.2 Executing Paper Width
Reference Point Auto
Adjustment for the
Manual Feed Tray .................... 2-11
3.3 Adjusting the Paper
Width Basic Value for the Manual
Feed Tray ................................. 2-11
4 Fixing System-Related
Adjustments ...................................... 2-12
4.1 When Replacing the Web ......... 2-12
4.2 Adjusting the Nip ..................... 2-13
4.3 Removing the Skew ................. 2-15
4.4 When Replacing the
Fixing Roller ............................ 2-16
5 LED Exposure Unit-Related
Adjustments ...................................... 2-17
Handling the LED
Exposure Unit .......................... 2-17
Mounting the LED
Exposure Unit .......................... 2-18
5.3 After Replacing the LED
Exposure Unit .......................... 2-18
5.4 Claening the LED Exposure
Unit (if image faults, e.g., light
images, uneven images, occur
as the result of dirt on the lens
surface) ..................................... 2-18
6 Adjusting Other Electric Parts .......... 2-19
6.1 When Replacing the
System Controller PCB ............ 2-19
6.2 When Replacing the DC
Controller PCB ........................ 2-20
6.3 Checking the Environment Measurement PCB .......................... 2-22
6.4 Checking the
Photointerrupters ...................... 2-24
7 Upgrading ......................................... 2-28
7.1 Replacing the DIMM ............... 2-28
v
Introduction.p65
00/10/25, 12:00
1
2
3
CONTENTS
7.1.1
7.1.2
Removing the DIMM ........ 2-29

Mounting the DIMM of
the System Controller
PCB and the DC
Controller PCB .................. 2-32
7.2 Downloading ............................ 2-33

7.2.1 Items to Prepare ................. 2-33
7.2.2 Downloading
Procedure ........................... 2-33
CHAPTER 3 ARRANGEMENT AND FUNCTIONS

OF ELECTRICAL PARTS
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
Sensors ................................................ 3-2

Thermistor, Lamps, and Heaters ......... 3-5
Clutches and Solenoids ....................... 3-8
Fans ................................................... 3-10
Motors ............................................... 3-12
PCBs ................................................. 3-14
Cassette Pedestal ............................... 3-16
Variable Resistors (VR),
Light-Emitting Diodes, and
Check Pins by PCB .......................... 3-18
8.1
8.2
8.3
8.4
8.5
8.6
Controller PCB ........................ 3-19

System Controller PCB ............ 3-20
Serial Driver PCB .................... 3-21
DC Power Supply PCB ............ 3-21
Pickup Assembly PCB ............. 3-22
Duplex Driver PCB
(duplex model only) ................. 3-23
8.7 Cassette Pedestal ...................... 3-23
APPENDIX
1 General Timing Chart ........................ A-1
2 Signals and Abbreviations ................. A-3
2.1 Signals ....................................... A-3
2.1.1 Printer ................................. A-3
2.1.2 Cassette Pedestal ................. A-9
2.2 Abbreviations ............................ A-9
3 Printer Unit General Circuit

Diagram ........................................... A-11
4 Cassette Pedestal General Circuit
Diagram ........................................... A-13
5 Special Tools .................................... A-15
6 Solvents and Oils ............................. A-17
vi
Introduction.p65
00/10/25, 12:00
CONTENTS
Contents (Service Mode)

1 Outline ................................................ S-1
1.1 Construction of Service Mode ... S-1
1.2 Starting the Service Mode ......... S-3
1.3 Ending the Service Mode .......... S-4
1.4 Backing Up the Service Mode ... S-4
1.5 Basic Operation .......................... S-5
1.5.1 Initial Screen ........................ S-5
1.5.2 Level 1/Level 2 screen ......... S-5
1.5.3 Level 3 Screen ..................... S-6
2 DISPLAY (status indication mode) .... S-7
2.1 COPIER/PRINTER ................... S-7
2.2 FEEDER .................................. S-26
2.3 EDITOR ................................... S-26
3 I/O (I/O display mode) ..................... S-27
3.1 DC-CON .................................. S-28
3.2 R-CON ..................................... S-34
3.3 IP .............................................. S-35
7
8
3.4 S-CON ..................................... S-36

3.5 FEEDER .................................. S-38
3.6 COPIER ................................... S-40
Adjustment Mode (ADJUST) ........... S-50
4.1 COPIER/PRINTER ................. S-50
4.2 FEEDER .................................. S-76
Operation/Inspection Mode
(FUNCTION) ................................... S-77
5.1 COPIER/PRINTER ................. S-77
5.2 FEEDER>FUNCTION ............ S-92
OPTION (settings mode) .................. S-93
6.1 COPIER/PRINTER ................. S-93
6.2 FEEDER ................................ S-108
6.3 SORTER ................................ S-108
TEST (test print mode) ................... S-109
COUNTER (counter mode) ............ S-113
vii
Introduction.p65
00/10/25, 12:00
CONTENTS
Contents (Error Code)

1 Self Diagnosis (copier) ...................... E-1
2 Self Diagnosis O (DADF) ............... E-13
3 Self Diagnosis (finisher) .................. E-16
3.1 Finisher Assembly ................... E-16
3.2 Saddle Stitcher ........................ E-19
4 Self Diagnosis (sorter) ..................... E-23
5 Self Diagnosis (PDL Board) ............ E-25
viii
Introduction.p65
00/10/25, 12:00
Reader Unit
(copier operation)
COPYRIGHT 2000 CANON INC. 2000 CANON C2050/2020, C2100/2100S REV.0 NOV. 2000
Reader_cover.p65
00/10/16, 14:03
CHAPTER 1 MAINTENANCE AND

INSPECTION
1 Periodically Replaced Parts
The machine does not have parts which require replacement on a periodical bias.
2 Consumables and Durables

As of May 2000
No.
Part name
Part No.
Qty
Life (prints)
Scanning lamp
FH7-3336
500 hr
Remarks
Reference is to 75,000 scans:
for replacement work, see No. 1;
for alarm, see Note 2.
Replace the scanning lamp as instructed in 2.3.2 After Replacing the Scanning Lamp in Chapter 8.
1-1R
Chapter_01.p65
00/10/24, 18:55
3 Scheduled Servicing
1. As a rule, perform scheduled servicing every 50,000 prints.
2. Check the Service Book before leaving for scheduled servicing, and take
parts for expected replacement.
1) Report to the person in charge, and check the general condition.
2) Record the counter reading, and check the faulty copies.
3) Make test prints in Direct, Reduce, and Enlarge; then, check the following:
a. Images
b. Background for soiling
c. Leading edge margin
(2.5 1.5 as standard in Direct)
d. Left margin (2.0 1.5 mm as standard in Direct)
e. Fixing, registration, and back for soiling
f. Abnormal noise
4) Perform scheduled servicing according to the number of prints made (Scheduled Servicing Chart of this chapter and in Chapter 11 of the Printer Manual).
5) Clean any soiled areas inside the machine.
6) Make test prints.
7) Execute auto gradation correction in user mode.
8) Make sample copies.
1-2R
Chapter_01.p65
00/10/24, 18:55
9) Press the test button of the leakage breaker for the reader unit and the printer, and check
to see that the open/close lever shifts to the OFF side.
Thereafter, turn off the power switch, and shift the lever to the ON side; then, turn on
the power switch.
If the lever fails to shift to the OFF side, replace he leakage breaker; after replacement,
make the foregoing check.
Open/close lever
Test button
F01-300-01
10) Put the sample copies away, and clean up the area around the machine.
11) Record the final counter reading.
12) Fill out the Service Book, and report to the person in charge. Be sure to indicate the
check made on the leakage breaker in the history column.
1-3R
Chapter_01.p65
00/10/24, 18:55
4 Scheduled Servicing Chart

Do not use solvents or oils not indicated.
: Clean
: Replace
: Lubricate
: Adjust
: Inspect
As of May 2000
Unit
Part
Internals (prints)
every
every
every
every
Others Remarks
50,000 100,000 150,000 300,000
Externals/
Copyboard glass
As necessary
controls
Copyboard cover
As necessary
Scanner
Rail
Upon
replacement
of scanning
lamp Clean;
then, apply
silicone oil
Optical unit
Mirror (No. 1 to No 3)
As necessary
Reflecting shade
As necessary
Standard white plate
As necessary
1-4R
Chapter_01.p65
00/10/24, 18:55
CHAPTER 2 STANDARDS AND

ADJUSTMENTS
1 Adjusting the Image Position
1.1 Standards
See 1 Adjusting the Image Position in Chapter 2 of the Printer Handbook.
1.2 Checking the Image Position
See 1 Adjusting the Image Position in Chapter 2 of the Printer Handbook.
2-1R
Chapter_02.p65
00/10/16, 14:30
2 Making Scanner-Related Adjustments

2.1 Routing the Scanner Drive Cable
Go through steps [1] through [7] to route the scanner cable on the pulleys and hooks:
1. Check to make sure that the scanner drive cable is free of twists and it
has not ridden over the pulleys.
2. Try moving the No. 1/No. 2 mirror bases by hand to find out if they
move smoothly; at that time, do not touch the reflecting plate.
3. Take care not to damage the cable by the edge of the metal plate.
[6]
[6]
[2]
[2]
Wind 7 times.
[1]
Put the metal ball into

[5] the hole of the pulley.
Try not to allow a gap

between runs.
[3]
[7]
Secure
temporarily.
Wind 7 times.
[4]
[5]
Put the metal ball

into the hole of the pulley.
Try not to allow a gap

between runs.
F02-201-01
2-2R
Chapter_02.p65
00/10/16, 14:30
2.2 Adjusting the Intensity of the Scanning Lamp

1) Connect the power plug, and turn on the main power switch.
2) Remove the reader unit front lower cover.
3) Wait until the machine enters standby state (i.e., until the Start key turns on green; in
about 5 min).
4) Turn the scanning lamp adjusting VR fully counterclockwise as shown.
Connector for downloading
COPY
LOAD
Scanning lamp
adjusting VR
DIP SW1 for

downloading
F02-202-01
5-1)If the lamp is new (as when replacing the existing one), make the following selec
tions in service mode, and press the OK key: COPIER>FUNCTION>MISCR>LAMP-ADJ. (The indication will be SERVICE.)
5-2)If the lamp is old, make the following selections in service mode, and press the OK key:
COPIER>FUNCTION>MISC-R>USE-LAMP. (The indication will be SERVICE.)
6) See that the scanning lamp turns on; then, wait for about 5 min (for the scanning lamp to
warm up), and turn the scanning lamp adjusting VR clockwise until a beep is heard.
7) Press the OK key on the control panel screen. (The indication will be READY.)
8) Execute the following in service mode: FUNCTION>CCD>CCD-ADJ.
2-3R
Chapter_02.p65
00/10/16, 14:30
2.3 After Replacing the Scanning Lamp

1) Replace the scanning lamp with a new one, and put the machine back into its initial condition. (Keep the reader unit front lower cover removed.)
2) Execute adjustment of the scanning lamp intensity.
3) Mount the reader unit front lower cover.
4) Make the following selections in service mode: COPIER>ADJUST>PASCAL; then, set
0 to <P-OFST-Y/M/C/K>.
2.4 Mounting Back the Existing Scanning Lamp

If the scanning lamp has been removed, be sure to go through the following after mounting it back:
1) Mount the scanning lamp, and put the machine back into its initial condition. (Keep the
reader unit front lower cover removed.)
2) Execute adjustment of the scanning lamp intensity.
2-4R
Chapter_02.p65
00/10/16, 14:30
2.5 Keeping the Reader Unit Level

If the reader unit rocks on the printer unit, go through the following steps:
1) Using a wrench, loosen the fixing screw (top) of the front right foot of the reader unit.
Higher
To loosen
Lower
F02-205-01
2) Using a wrench, turn the adjusting screw (bottom) of the front right foot until the reader
unit stops rocking.
3) Tighten the fixing screws to end the work.
2-5R
Chapter_02.p65
00/10/16, 14:30
2.6 After Replacing the Standard White Plate

1) Open the COPIER>ADJUST>CCD screen in service mode.
2) Enter the value indicated on the new standard white plate in service mode, and press the
OK key: COPIER>ADJUST>CCD>W-PLT-X, W-PLT-Y, W-PLT-Z.
XXXX YYYY ZZZZ

value of W-PLT-Z
value of W-PLT-Y
value of W-PLT-X
F02-206-01
3) Turn off the main power switch, and mount the new standard white plate.
4) Turn on the main power switch.
2-6R
Chapter_02.p65
00/10/16, 14:30
3 Adjusting Other Electrical Parts

3.1 When Replacing the CCD Unit
2) Record the values (AL-RG, AL-GB; indicated on the label attached to the new CCD
unit) on the service label on the reader unit front lower cover.
3) Mount the new CCD unit.
4) Put the machine back into its initial condition. (Keep the reader unit front lower cover
removed.)
6) Make the following selections in service mode, and enter the values recorded in step 2):
ADJUST>CCD>AL-RG/AL-GB.
The values other than AL-RG and AL-GB (e.g., A-RG, A-GB) are unique to
the reader unit, and need not be entered.
Memo
7) Execute adjustment of the scanning lamp light intensity.

9) Make the following selections in service mode: COPIER>ADJUST>PASCAL; then, set
0 to <P-OFST-Y/M/C/K>.
2-7R
Chapter_02.p65
00/10/16, 14:30
3.2 When Replacing the Reader Controller PCB

2) Check to see if all items of the service label found on the reader unit front lower cover
have values indicated; otherwise, start service mode, and record the missing values.
3) Remove the faulty reader controller PCB.
4) Mount the new reader controller PCB.
5) Detach the DIMM ROM from the faulty reader controller PCB, and attach it to the new
reader controller PCB.
DIMM ROM
A1 A15
B11 B1
A11
B1
A8
B1
A1
B8
J1605
J1605
A1
B15
J1608
A12
B1
1 2
A1
B12
J1609
ON
J1603
J1611
A33
A34
B33
B34
A33
A34
B33
B34
J1602
J1601 1
1
J1702
J1701
A1
A2
B1
B2
SW1601
A1
A2
B1
B2
13
J1608
LED1605
LED1604
LED1603
LED1602
LED1601
72
VR1
SW1602
ON
J1617
40
39
80
79
J1614
2
1
42
41
F02-302-01
When using a new DIMM ROM, be sure to upgrade the DIMM ROMs of
the reader controller PCB, the DC controller PCB, and system controller
PCB to make sure that their versions will match.
2-8R
Chapter_02.p65
00/10/16, 14:30
6) Put the machine back into its initial state. (Keep the reader unit front lower cover removed.)
8) Execute FUNCTION>CLEAR-R-CON in service mode. At the end of the mode, the
power will automatically turn off.
9) Turn on the main power.
10) Enter the values of all items indicated on the service label attached to the reader unit
front lower cover.
In particular, the wrong setting of OPTION>BODY>EC-GLASS (indicating the type of copyboard glass, i.e., the use of an EC coat) will affect the
hues of images. Pay extra attention.
14) Execute head shading in user mode.
3.3 When Replacing the AP-IP PCB

There is no particular work to perform for replacement.
FUNCTION>CCD>CCD-ADJ is automatically executed at power-on.
REF.
3.4 When Replacing the ECO PCB

There is no particular work to perform for replacement.
3.5 When Replacing the Light Intensity Detection PCB

1) Mount the new light intensity detection PCB, and put the machine back into its initial
condition. (Keep the reader unit front lower cover removed.)
2-9R
Chapter_02.p65
00/10/16, 14:30
4 Checking the Photointerrupters

1) Start service mode.
2) Make the following selections to bring up the following screen: COPIER>I/O>R-CON.
3) Make checks as indicated:
Display
I/O
Adjust
Option
< 1/10 >
<R-CON>
7
Function
Test
Counter
< READY >
P001 xxxxxxxx
P002 xxxxxxxx
P003 xxxxxxxx
P004 xxxxxxxx
P005 xxxxxxxx
P006 xxxxxxxx
P007 xxxxxxxx
P008 xxxxxxxx
P008
xxxxxxxx
Address
bit 0
bit 1
bit 7
F02-400-01
2-10R
Chapter_02.p65
10
00/10/16, 14:30

Notation
Name
PS101
Scanner home position
sensor
Display>Sensor>SC-HP
A press on the Start key
will cause the following
changes:1 --> 0 --> 1
Service mode
Checks
(normal if
as described)
PS102
Copyboard cover open/
closed sensor
R-CON, P004 bit 0
During standby, when
the copyboard cover is
opened, 0.
closed, 1.
T08-204-01
2-11R
Chapter_02.p65
11
00/10/16, 14:30
5 Upgrading the Machine

The machine may be upgraded by either of the following two methods:
[1] by replacing the DIMM on the rear controller PCB
[2] updating the contents of the DIMM by downloading from a PCB
5.1 Replacing the DIMM

The DIMM is mounted in the following location of the machine:
Reader controller PCB
DIMM
F02-501-01
2-12R
Chapter_02.p65
12
00/10/16, 14:30
5.1.1 Removing the DIMM from the Reader Controller PCB

1)
2)
3)
4)
Turn off the main power switch, and disconnect the power cord from the power outlet.
Remove the front lower cover.
Remove the scanner motor drive PCB.
While spreading open the claws of the slot, lift the DIMM to detach.
Claws
F02-501-02
F02-501-03
2-13R
Chapter_02.p65
13
00/10/16, 14:30
5.1.2 Mounting the DIMM on the Reader Controller PCB

1) Insert the DIMM into the slot at an angle.
F02-501-04
F02-501-05
2) Shift down the DIMM.
F02-501-06
The DIMM may crack. Do not force it.
2-14R
Chapter_02.p65
14
00/10/16, 14:30
REF.
After replacing the DIMM, go through the following:

1. initializing the RAM: COPIER>FUNCTION>CLEAR>R-CON.
2. turning off and then on the main power switch.
3. entering the values indicated on the service label.
4. turning off and then on the power switch.
5. executing auto gradation correction in user mode.
6. executing head shading correction in user mode.
When replacing with a new DIMM ROM, be sure to upgrade the DIMM
ROMs of the reader controller PCB, DC controller PCB, and system controller PCB to ensure that their versions will match.
5.2 Downloading
5.2.1 Making Preparations
Prepare the following:
PC to which the Copier Service Tool has been installed
bi-Centronics cable (showing the notation IEEE 1284 std-compliant)
5.2.2 Downloading Procedure

a. Making Connections
1) Turn off the machines main power switch, and disconnect the power plug from the
power outlet.
2) Remove the front lower cover.
3) Connect the connector for downloading and the PC with the bi-Centronics cable.
Keep the PC off.
Connect the 25-pin connector of the bi-Centronics cable to the PC and its 36-pin
connector to the reader unit.
2-15R
Chapter_02.p65
15
00/10/16, 14:30
4) Slide the download switch to the LOAD side.

Download connector
COPY
LOAD
COPY
LOAD
Download
switch
F02-502-01
5) Turn on the PC, and start up the Copier Service Support Tool.
6) Connect the machines power plug to the power outlet, and turn on the main power
switch:
reader unit power lamp: ON
control panel display: OFF
printer unit: normal power-up operation
2-16R
Chapter_02.p65
16
00/10/16, 14:30
b. Downloading Procedure
1) Select to main menu on the start-up message of the Copier Service Support Tool.
2) Select next on the download/upload side.
F02-502-02
2-17R
Chapter_02.p65
17
00/10/16, 14:30
3) Select the type and PCB for downloading, and click start to connect.
R-CON: DIMM for reader controller PCB
4) Follow the instructions on the PC screen to download the flash ROM data.
Do not turn off the machine or the PCB; otherwise, the DIMM can go out
of order, and become unusable.
5) When downloading has ended, turn off the PC as follows:

OK > to main menu > end copier service support tool > end
c. Following Up on the Work
1) Turn off the machines main power switch, and disconnect the power plug.
2) Disconnect the bi-Centronics cable from the reader unit.
3) Shift the download switch to the COPY side.
Download connector
COPY
LOAD
COPY
LOAD
Download
switch
F02-502-03
4) Connect the machines power plug to the power outlet, and turn on the main power
switch.
5) Start service mode, and check the ROM version.
COPIER>DISPLAY>VERSION>R-CON
6) After the check, mount the front lower cover.
2-18R
Chapter_02.p65
18
00/10/16, 14:30
REF.
After downloading, be sure to perform the following:

1. initializing the RAM: COPIER>FUNCTION>CLEAR>R-CON
2. turning off and then on the main power switch
3. entering the values indicated on the service label
4 turning off and then on the power switch
5. executing auto gradation correction in user mode
6. executing head shading correction in user mode
When upgrading the DIMM ROM, be sure also to upgrade the DIMM
ROMs of the reader controller PCB, DC control PCB, and system controller
PCB to ensure that their versions will match.
2-19R
Chapter_02.p65
19
00/10/16, 14:30
CHAPTER 3 ARRANGEMENT AND FUNCTIONS OF ELECTRICAL PARTS
CHAPTER 3 ARRANGEMENT AND

FUNCTIONS OF
ELECTRICAL PARTS
Lamp, Switch, Breaker, and the Like
CB1(100V)
CB2(220/240V)
KSW1
TH1
LA1
H1
F03-000-01
Name
Notation
Thermistor
Lamp
Heater
Relay
Leakage breaker
Switch
TH1
LA1
H1
RL1
CB
MSW1
KSW1
Description
Scanning lamp thermistor
Scanning lamp
Scanning lamp heater
Power-cut relay
Leakage breaker
Reader unit rear power switch
Key switch
T03-000-01
3-1R
Chapter_03.p65
00/10/16, 14:07
Sensors, Fans, and Motors
PS2
PS5
PS6
PS4
PS3
PS1
PM1
FM1
F03-000-02
3-2R
Chapter_03.p65
00/10/16, 14:07
Name
Notation
Photosensor
PS1
PS2
PS3
PS4
PS5
PS6
FM1
PM1
Fan
Motor
Description
Scanner home position sensor
Copyboard cover open/closed sensor
Original size sensor 0
Power supply cooling fan
Scanner motor
T03-000-02
3-3R
Chapter_03.p65
00/10/16, 14:07
PCBs
[12]
[14]
[15]
[12]
[13]
[12]
[3]
[1]
[5]
[2]
[4]
[6]
[7]
[11]
[8]
[10]
[9]
[16]
F03-000-03
3-4R
Chapter_03.p65
00/10/16, 14:07
Ref.
[1]
[2]
[3]
[4]
[5]
[6]
[7]
[8]
[9]
[10]
[11]
[12]
[13]
[14]
[15]
[16]
Name
Description
Reader unit main power supply PCB

Inverter PCB
Noise filter PCB
Accessories power supply PCB
CCD/CCD driver PCB
AP-IP PCB
Light intensity detection PCB
ECO PCB
Connector relay PCB
Original scanner motor driver PCB
Keypad PCB
Control panel CPU PCB
Control panel LED PCB
Control panel inverter PCB
RD I/F PCB
Supplies power to the reader unit.

Drives the scanning lamp.
Removes noise coming from the power line.
Supplies power to accessories.
Drives the CCD.
Controls analog/digital image processing.
Detects the intensity of light of the scanning lamp.
Processes digital images.
Relays signal lines.
Controls sequence of the reader unit.
Controls the drive of the scanner motor.
Controls the keypad.
Controls sequence of the control panel.
Controls the LEDs.
Controls the display.
Interfaces the reader and the printer.
T03-000-03
3-5R
Chapter_03.p65
00/10/16, 14:07
1 Variable Resistors, Light-Emitting Diodes, and

Check Pins by PCB
Of the variable resistors (VR), light-emitting diodes (LED), and check pins used in the
machine, those that are used in the field are discussed.
The VRs and check pins not listed are for use at the factory. Do not touch
them in the field, as they require special tools and high accuracy.
1. Some LEDs hold leakage current, and emit dim light even when off;
this is a normal condition, and must be kept in mind.
2. VRs that may be used in the field
VRs that must not be used in the field.
a. Reader Controller PCB
A1 A15
B11 B1
A11
B1
A8
B1
J1605
A1
B8
J1605
A1
B15
J1608
A12
B1
1 2
A1
B12
J1609
ON
J1603
J1611
A33
A34
B33
B34
A33
A34
B33
B34
J1602
J1601 1
J1702
J1701
A1
A2
B1
B2
A1
A2
B1
B2
13
J1608
LED1605
LED1604
LED1603
LED1602
LED1601
72
VR1
SW1602
J1617
40
39
80
79
J1614
F03-100-01
3-6R
Chapter_03.p65
00/10/16, 14:07
2
1
42
41
Notation
VR1601
SW1602
Name
Scanning lamp
adjusting VR
Download
DIP SW
Description
Used when replacing the scanning lamp,
light detection PCB, or standard white plate.
SW-1 at ON (COPY): normal copying mode
SW-1 at OFF (LOAD): download mode
Caution: Do not to touch SW-2; it is for use at the factory.
T03-100-01
3-7R
Chapter_03.p65
00/10/16, 14:07
APPENDIX
Chap_cover-R.p65
00/10/16, 14:07
APPENDIX
1 General Timing Chart

Conditions: book mode, non-AE, full color, cassette 1; A4, single-sided (2 prints, continuous)
AP-IP PCB
Gain adjust end
70C
WMUP
RSTBY
RINTR
SCFW
SCRV
RSTBY
Pre-activation
Scanning lamp (FL1)

Scanner motor (M5)
Start key ON
CW CCW
Scanner HP sensor
(PS1)
Shading correction
Controlled to 70C
Fluorescent heater (H5)

Scanning lamp pre-heating
voltage
2.9V
4.35V
Controlled to 3 V (approx.)
2.9V
Main power switch ON
4.35V
Main power
switch OFF
190C
WMUP
PSTBY
Controlled to 190C
Fixing main heater (H1)
PINTR
PRINT
LSTR
PSTBY
Controlled to 180C
Fixing sub heater (H2)

Pickup main motor (M2)
Delivery main motor (M16)
Pickup solenoid (SL1)

Pickup motor (M1)
Cassette 1 pickup
sensor (S1)
Pickup clutch (CL1)
Vertical path sensor (S11)
Vertical path clutch (CL2)

Pre-registration senor (S12)
Registration clutch (CL4)

Transfer belt drive motor
(M15)
Transfer swing clutch
(CL23)
1.0sec
Feed auxiliary roller bias

Drum motor Y (M3)
Drum motor M (M4)
Drum motor C (M5)
Drum motor Bk (M6)
Injection cylinder clutch
Y (CL6)
M (CL8)
C (CL10)
Bk (CL12)
Injection charging AC-Y
Injection charging AC-M
Injection charging AC-C
Injection charging AC-Bk
Injection charging DC-Y
Injection charging DC-M
Injection charging DC-C
Injection charging DC-Bk
Exposure LED-Y
Exposure LED-M
Exposure LED-C
Exposure LED-Bk
Developing cylinder
clutch Y (CL5)
Developing cylinder
clutch M (CL7)
Developing cylinder
clutch C (CL9)
Developing cylinder
clutch Bk (CL11)
2min
Developing bias AC-Y

Developing bias AC-M
Developing bias AC-C
Developing bias AC-Bk
Developing bias DC-Y
Developing bias DC-M
Developing bias DC-C
Developing bias DC-Bk
Transfer charging-Y
Transfer charging-M
Transfer charging-C
Transfer charging-Bk
Auxiliary charging brush-Y
Auxiliary charging brush-M
Auxiliary charging brush-C
Auxiliary charging brush-Bk
Separation charging
Fixing assembly inlet
sensor (S25)
Internal delivery sensor
(S27)
Delivery flapper solenoid
(SL5)
External delivery sensor
(S28)
Reversing assembly CW
clutch (CL18)
Reversing assembly
CCW clutch (CL17)
Reversing assembly doublespeed clutch (CL15)
Delivery vertical path

sensor (S29)
Duplex double-speed
feeding clutch (CL20)
Duplex unit inlet sensor
(S30)
Re-pickup sensor (S31)
Re-pickup clutch (CL21)
Duplex normal speed
feed clutch (CL19)
A-1R
Appendix_A3-1.p65
00/10/16, 14:08
APPENDIX
Conditions: book mode, non-AE, full color, cassette 1; A4, double-sided

1st side
Start key ON
RSTBY
2nd side
Start key ON
RINTR
SCFW
SCRV
RSTBY
RINTR
SCFW
SCRV
RSTBY
Scanning lamp (FL1)

CW
Scanner motor (M5)
CCW
Scanner HP sensor
(PS1)
Shading correction
Fluorescent heater (H5)
Controlled to 70C
Scanning lamp pre-heating

voltage
2.9V
4.35V
Main power
switch OFF
PSTBY
PINTR
Controlled to 19C
Controlled to 18C
PRINT
LSTR


Pickup motor (M1)
Cassette 1 pickup
sensor (S1)
Pickup clutch (CL1)
2nd side

Pre-registration senor (S12)

(M15)
(CL23)
1.0sec

Drum motor Y (M3)
Drum motor M (M4)
Drum motor C (M5)
Drum motor Bk (M6)
Y (CL6)
M (CL8)
C (CL10)
Bk (CL12)
Exposure LED-Y
Exposure LED-M
Exposure LED-C
Exposure LED-Bk
Developing cylinder
clutch Y (CL5)
Developing cylinder
clutch M (CL7)
Developing cylinder
clutch C (CL9)
Developing cylinder
clutch Bk (CL11)
Transfer charging-Y
Transfer charging-M
Transfer charging-C
Transfer charging-Bk
Separation charging
Fixing assembly inlet
sensor (S25)
(S27)
(SL5)
External delivery sensor
(S28)
clutch (CL18)
Reversing assembly
CCW clutch (CL17)
Reversing assembly doublespeed clutch (CL15)
CCW

sensor (S29)
Duplex double-speed
(S30)
Duplex normal speed
feed clutch (CL19)
A-2R
Appendix_A3-1.p65
00/10/16, 14:08
PSTBY
APPENDIX
2 Signals and Abbreviations

2.1 Signals
BLON
CONT0
CONT1
CONT2
CONT3
COVDEC
CW/CCW
FAN_LOCK
FL_S
FL_TH
FLCLK
FLERR
FLONOUT
FLPWM
KEY
M/H
MOVE
MTCLK
OPPSON
PFANDEC
PSFANON
REMOON
RST
SCHP
SIZE0
SIZE1
SIZE2
SIZE3
SOFSWON
STP0
STP1
STP2
STP3
YON
YPWM
LCD backlight ON signal

Scanner motor current control 0 signal
Copyboard cover open/closed signal
Scanner motor rotation direction switch signal
Power supply cooling fan locked signal
Scanning lamp intensity adjustment signal
Scanning lamp thermistor signal
Scanning lamp locked signal
Scanning lamp error signal
Scanning lamp ON signal
Scanning lamp activation signal
Control key switch signal
Scanner motor drive voltage switch signal
Scanner motor drive power supply signal
Scanner motor drive clock signal
Accessories power supply PCB signal
Power supply cooling fan rotation direction signal
Power supply cooling fan drive signal
Power supply cooling fan remote signal
Scanner motor reset signal
Scanner home position signal
Original size 0 signal
Power supply soft switch ON signal
Scanner motor step 0 signal
Pre-heating ON signal
Pre-heating PWM signal
A-3R
Appendix_A5.p65
00/10/24, 19:00
APPENDIX
2.2 Abbreviations
RINTR
RSTBY
SCFW
SCRV
WMUP
Reader initial multiple rotation

Reader standby
Scanner forward
Scanner reverse
Warm-up
3 Special Tools
See the Printer Handbook.
4 Solvents and Oils

See the Printer Handbook.
A-4R
Appendix_A5.p65
00/10/24, 19:00
J2024M J2024F
1
1
2
2
J1002
6
5
4
3
2
1
J1804
2
4
5 4 3 2 1
J2
5 4 3 2 1
J801
Accessories power
supply PCB
J2031F
J2031T
J2031M
+24V 2
GNDU 1
Original scanner
motor driver PCB
1 2 3
1
2
J2015
5
4
3
121110 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
1
2
3
4
5
Flexible cable
FAN_LOCK
GNDU
+24V
J2018F
BLU
RED
ORG
GRN
BLK
J2037
B8
J301
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
GNDU
GNDU
+38V
+38V
-12V
GNDR
+15V
GNDR
+5.2V
J2038M
2 1
J8
Inverter PCB
5
J7
J2030F
J2030T
FM4
J2022A
For future use
00/10/16, 14:08
RST
MOVE*
24V/38V
GND
I_CONT0*
I_CONT1*
I_CONT2*
I_CONT3*
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
MTCLK*
GND
CW/CCW*
STEP_ANGLE0*
STEP_ANGLE1*
GND
STEP_ANGLE2*
STEP_ANGLE3*
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
4
3
2
1
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
REMOON
GND
PSFANON
PFANDEC
FLPWM
GND
FLONOUT
YPWM
YON
FLERR*
FLCLK*
1
2
3
4
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8 N.C.
6
5
4
3
2
1
B8
J2002F
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
2
1
SELIN
FAULT
INIT
AUTFD
SELECT
GND
PE
BUSY
ACK
STB
GND
D7
D6
D5
D4
GND
D3
D2
D1
D0
GND
3 2 1
Noise filter
PCB
BE
GND
BO
GND
GE
GND
GO
GND
RE
GND
RO
GND
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
N.C.
J2013
1
2
3
2
1
GND
15
1
2 MMITXD* 14
GND
13
3
4 MMIRXD* 12
GND
11
5
6 LCDENB 10
GND
9
7
M
8
8
GND
7
9
FLM
6
10
GND
5
11
LP
4
12
GND
3
13
+5V
2
14
GND
1
15
J2007
1
2
3
1
2
3
1
2
3
1
2
3
1
2
3
1
2
+5V
BLON*
15
+5V
1
2 MMIRST 14
13
GND
3
4 SOFSWON* 12
11
+5V
5
10
CP
6
9
GND
7
8
UD0
8
7
GND
9
6
UD1
10
5
GND
11
4
UD2
12
3
GND
13
2
UD3
14
1
GND
15
1
2
15
15
B12
J1609
1 2 3 4
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
+5V
FHP
GND
3
2
1
GND
NF1
NF2
GND
NRS
NCP
GND
NSP
NSH
GND
GND
+5<A>
+5<A>
+12V
+12V
+5V
COVDEC
GND
6
5
4
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
GND
SIZE<0>
SIZE+5V
9
8
7
GND
SIZE<2>
SIZE+5V
3
2
1
GND
SIZZE<1>
SIZE+5V
GND
SIZE<3>
SIZE+5V
6
5
4
12
11
10
GND
KEY
8
7
GND
15
1
2 MMITXD* 14
GND
13
3
4 MMIRXD* 12
GND
11
5
6 LCDENB 10
GND
9
7
M
8
8
GND
7
9
FLM
6
10
GND
5
11
LP
4
12
GND
3
13
+5V
2
14
GND
1
15
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
N.C. 2
N.C. 1
GND
NF1
NF2
GND
NRS
NCP
GND
NSP
NSH
GND
GND
+5<A>
+5<A>
+12V
+12V
BE
GND
BO
GND
GE
GND
GO
GND
RE
GND
RO
GND
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13 N.C.
PS1
J2017T
AP-IP PCB
J504
J1608
J506
J1614
+5V
BLON*
N.C.
15
+5V
1
2 MMIRST 14
13
GND
3
4 SOFSWON* 12
11
+5V
5
10
CP
6
9
GND
7
8
UD0
8
7
GND
9
6
UD1
10
5
GND
11
4
UD2
12
3
GND
13
2
UD3
14
1
GND
15
1
2
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
1
N.C.
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
J2009T
J2009F
FT04
FT02
Printer unit
AC power supply
FT03
FT01
GND
P6
J2042T
J1001
GND
DPPSON
J303
J2010T
J2010F
J1101
J2042MJ2042F
2
1
1
2
8
DC(+)
Light
intensity
detection
PCB
J1003
DC(-)
1
2
J2001
GNDU
+38V
1 2 3
J1802
5
4
3
2
1
Lamp for original

MT04
illumination
A8
J2011T
J2011F
GNDU
GNDU
GNDU
GNDU
N.C.
+38V
+38V
+38V
+38V
MT06
MT03
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 101112
J2012T
J2012F
PS2
+15V
MT05
3 2 1
A8
PS3
Copyboard
Original scanner
cover open/ home position
closed sensor sensor
+15V
GNDR
Lamp heater for

original illumination
FL_TH
GND
+38V
GND
FL_S
+24V
13
PS4
-12V
H1
FL_TH
GND
+38V
J1602
A12
Original
size
sensor 1
GNDR
Lamp thermistor for

original illumination
(THM)
1
2
3
4
5
J1610
PS5
GNDU
+24V
GNDA
GNDA
+5VA
+5VA
GND
DF_RXD
DF_TXD
N.C.
GND
J1601
10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
J501
J1607
B15
+5V
5
1 2 3
A15
J3
Socket for DIMM
B15
GNDR
GNDR
GNDR
Appendix_A3-5.P65
2
A15
J2050H
J2050T
PS6
J4
3 2 1
J2050
B15 J2051H
Original
size
sensor 2
6 5 4 3 2 1
1 2 3
J2052T
J2014T
J2014
Original
size
sensor 3
J5
J1603 J1606
+5.2V
+5.2V
+5.2V
J2022C
+24V
FL_S
GND
5
4
3
2
1
J2022B
A11
J2051 A15
Original
size
sensor 4
+15V
GNDR
GNDA
GNDA
+5VA
+5VA
GNDR
+5.2V
J2039M
J2052
Control key
switch
KSW1
8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
J2053
B15
J6
B11
(+)
(-)
7
11
(-)
(+)
MT02
J1652
10
5
4
3
2
1
+24V
GND
GND
+24V
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
5
J1653
Bi-Centronics
connector for
downloading
J901
9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
J1651
A15
J1611
J502
J955
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
Backlight PCB
GNDU
+38V
GNDU
+24V
+5V
GNDR
+5.2V
5
4
3
2
1
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
5 Reader Unit General Timing Diagram

CP660 only
J101
CCD/CCD driver PCB

J102
15
Control panel
14
J2017M
J2016T
13 J2016M
J2017F
13
15
J507
J2036M
Leakage breaker
(ELCB1)
MT09
J2016F
12
CP660 only
J503
60
P
ECO PCB
J1605
60
P
J2002M
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
J302
J2018M
Scanner motor
PM1
J2039F
J2038F
Reader unit main power supply PCB
9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
J1
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
J2036F
P1
100V
P2
120V
P3
230V
P4
230V(UK)
FN2-5
P5
230V(CA)
A-5R
Printer Unit
Printer_cover.p65
00/10/16, 14:38
CHAPTER 1 MAINTENANCE AND

INSPECTION
1 Periodically Replaced Parts
1
As of May 2000
No.
Part name
Part No.
Qty
Life (prints)
Remarks
Air filter
FB5-1463
300,000
Or, 1 yr.
The above values are estimates only, and are subject to change based on future data.
T01-100-01
1-1P
Chapter_01.p65
00/10/16, 14:39
2 Consumables and Durables

2.1 Printer Unit
As of May 2000
No.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
Part name
Part No.
Waste toner box

Fixing web
Separation charging assembly
Transfer blade unit
Transfer cleaning blade
Feeding auxiliary roller scraper
Pickup roller (cassette)
Feeding roller (cassette)
Separation roller (cassette)
Pickup roller (manual feed)
Separation roller (manual feed)
Fixing roller
Pressure roller
Fixing main heater (110 V)
Fixing sub heater (100 V)
Thermistor
Thermal switch
Fixing separation claw
Transfer belt
Belt back scraper
Fur brush
(transfer cleaning assembly)
Qty
FG6-6795
FB5-1630
FG6-4167
FG6-4159
FB5-1376
FF5-9244
FF5-4552
FF5-4552
FF5-4634
FB1-8581
FB5-0873
FB5-1131
FB5-1132/1133
FH7-4640
FH7-4642
FH7-4644
FH7-4641
FH7-4643
FH7-4645
FH7-7519
FG6-6798
FB5-1191
FB5-3929
FF5-9327
FB5-1380
1
1
1
4
1
1
2
2
2
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
2
1
6
1
1
1
Life (prints)
50,000
85,000*
100,000
100,000
100,000
100,000
120,000
120,000
120,000
120,000
120,000
150,000
150,000
150,000
150,000
150,000
150,000
150,000
150,000
150,000
150,000
150,000
300,000
300,000
300,000
Remarks
Actual
Actual
Actual
Actual
Actual
prints
prints
prints
prints
prints
made.
made.
made.
made.
made.
* Applies only when the color print ratio is 60% and when copies made at a copy count of
5 or lower take up 25% of the total.
T01-201-01
1-2P
Chapter_01.p65
00/10/19, 16:50
2.2 Cassette Pedestal

As of May 2000
No.
Part name
Part No.
Qty
Life (prints)
Remarks
1
2
3
Pickup roller
Feeding roller
Separation roller
FF5-4552
FF5-4552
FF5-4634
2
2
2
120,000
120,000
120,000
Actual prints made.

Actual prints made.
Actual prints made.
T01-202-01
1-3P
Chapter_01.p65
00/10/16, 14:39
3 Scheduled Servicing
1. As a rule, provide scheduled servicing every 50,000 prints.
2. Before setting out on a scheduled visit, check the Service Book, and take
parts for which replacement is expected.
1) Report to the person in charge.
Check the general condition.
2) Record the counter reading.
Check faulty prints.
3) Make test prints in Direct, Reduce, and Enlarge modes; and check the following:
a. Image
b. White background for soiling
c. Characters for clarity
d. Leading edge margin (standard: 2.5 1.5 mm in Direct)
e. Left margin (standard: 2.0 1.5 mm in Direct)
f. Fixing, registration, back for soiling
4) Perform scheduled servicing according to the number of prints made. (See 4 Scheduled
Servicing Chart.)
5) Clean any soiled areas inside the machine.
6) Make test prints.
1-4P
Chapter_01.p65
00/10/16, 14:39
7) Push the test button of the leakage breaker, and check to make sure that the open/close
lever shifts to the OFF side.
After the check, turn off the power switch, and shift the lever to the ON side; thereafter,
turn on the power switch.
If the lever fails to shift to the OFF side, replace the leakage breaker. Then, check the
operation of the breaker.
Open/close lever
Test button
F01-300-01
8) Put the sample prints into order, and clean up the area around the machine.
9) Record the final counter reading.
10) Fill out the Service Book, and report to the person in charge.
Be sue to record the check on the leakage breaker in the history column of the Service
Book.
1-5P
Chapter_01.p65
00/10/16, 14:39
4 Scheduled Servicing Chart

Do not use solvents or oils other than those indicated.
: Clean
: Replace
: Lubricate
: Adjust
: Inspect
As of May 2000
Maintenance intervals
Part
Unit
Every
Every
Every
Every
Others
Remarks
50,000 100,000 150,000 300,000

Inside cover
Air filter
Or, 1 yr.
Exposure LED
As needed; when replac-
(left lower)
Exposure assembly
ing drum unit.
Transfer assem-
Transfer belt drive
When replacing transfer
bly
roller (1 pc.)
belt.
Transfer belt slave
roller (3 pc.)
belt.
Feeding auxiliary
roller (lower)
belt.
Transfer belt HP
sensor
belt.
Pickup/feeding
Feeding auxiliary
assembly
roller
Scraper
Manual feeding
When replacing manual
roller (upper)
feed pickup roller.
Fixing/delivery
Fixing assembly
assembly
inlet guide
Delivery separation claw
Thermistor (main/
When replacing fixing
sub)
roller.
Thermal switch
When replacing fixing

roller.
T01-400-01
1-6P
Chapter_01.p65
00/10/19, 14:24
CHAPTER 2 STANDARDS AND

ADJUSTMENTS
1 Adjusting the Image Position
1.1 Standards for Image Position
The image margin/non-image margin must be as follows in prints made in Direct.
2.5 1.0mm
(2nd side of
double-sided copy:
2.0 1.5 mm)
2.5 1.5mm
(2nd side of double-sided copy: 2.5 2.0 mm)
0
2
4
5
6
8
0 2 4 5 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20
10
F02-101-01 Leading Edge Non-Image

Width
F02-101-02 Left/Right Non-Image Width

2.0 1.0mm
(2nd side of
double-sided copy:
2.5 2.0 mm)
2.5 1.5mm
(2nd side of double-sided copy: 2.5 2.0 mm)
0
2
4
5
6
8
0 2 4 5 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20
F02-101-03 Leading Edge Margin
10
F02-101-04 Left/Right Margin
2-1P
Chapter_02.p65
00/10/16, 14:39
1.2 Checking the Position of the Image

Make 10 prints each from the following sources of paper, and check the output to see if
the image margin and the non-image width are as specified:
[1] Cassettes
[2] Manual feed tray
[3] Side paper deck
[4] Duplex unit
If they are not as specified, adjust the image position by performing the following in sequence:
1. Left/right image margin adjustment (adjusting the horizontal registration)
2. Leading edge image margin adjustment (adjusting the image write start position to the
LED exposure unit in sub scanning direction)
3. Left/right non-image width (adjusting the image mask area to the LED exposure unit
in main scanning direction)
4. Leading edge non-image width (adjusting the image mask area to the LED exposure
unit in sub scanning direction)
2-2P
Chapter_02.p65
00/10/16, 14:39
1.3 Adjusting the Left/Right Image Margin

a. Cassette
1) Remove the cassette.
2) Remove the right cover L.
3) For the horizontal registration assembly [1] of the cassette to adjust, insert a screwdriver
through the hole [2] in the right side plate; then, loosen the fixing screw [3].
4) Turn the adjusting screw [4] until the standards are attained; then, secure it in place with
the fixing screw [3]. (The adjusting screw [4] is glued in place.)
5) Turn the adjusting screw [4] clockwise to secure it in place temporarily.
[1]
[2]
[1]
F02-103-01
2-3P
Chapter_02.p65
00/10/16, 14:39
Be sure to make adjustments so that the inside of the marking L on the adjusting plate [5] and the index match.
Take care when performing step 5). Tightening the adjusting screw [4] excessively can deform the metal plate.
[4]
[3]
(+)
(-)
[5]
(front) (rear)
F02-103-02
2-4P
Chapter_02.p65
00/10/16, 14:39
b. Manual Feed Tray

Loosen the two screws [1], and move the slide guide to make adjustments.
[1]
F02-103-03
c. Side Paper Deck
1) Slide out the compartment, and adjust the position of the latch plate [1] of the compartment open solenoid (SL102) by means of the two screws [2]. (At this time, use the index
[3] on the latch plate as a reference.)
[1]
[3]
[2]
(left rear of the compartment)
F02-103-04
2-5P
Chapter_02.p65
00/10/16, 14:39
d. Duplex Unit
Loosen the adjusting screw [1], and make adjustments. (A shift over a single index will
cause a change of about 1 mm.)
To move the paper toward the rear, shift it to the left.
To move the paper toward the front, shift it to the right.
[1]
Right
Left
F02-103-05
2-6P
Chapter_02.p65
00/10/16, 14:39
1.4 Adjusting the Leading Edge Margin

Adjust the margin by changing the setting in service mode (adjusting the image write start
position to the LED exposure unit in sub scanning direction; an increase of 10 will increase the margin by 0.5 mm): COPIER/PRINTER>ADJUST>FEED-ADJ>ADJ-VSYNC/
AD-V-OHP/AD-V-SP/AD-V-THC.
1.5 Adjusting the Left/Right Non-Image Width

Adjust the non-image width by changing the setting in service mode (adjusting the image
mask area to the LED exposure unit in main scanning direction; a change of 10 will increase the non-image width by 0.5 mm).
1.6 Leading Edge Non-Image Width

Adjust the non-image width by changing the setting in service mode (adjusting the image
mask area to the LED exposure unit in sub scanning direction; an increase by 10 will increase the non-image width by 0.5 mm).
2-7P
Chapter_02.p65
00/10/16, 14:39
2 Image Formation System-Related Adjustments

2.1 Points to Note When Handling the Drum Unit
When taking the drum unit out of the machine, be sure to hold it by its two grips; take
care not to impose force large enough to deform it.
Take care not to force down the shutter surface at the center of the top of the unit; otherwise, the shutter will warp to come into contact with the drum surface.
Take care not to damage the drum surface after taking the drum unit out of the machine.
(The bottom of the drum is not protected by a shutter). When placing it on the floor, in
particular, check to make sure that the floor surface is flat and is free of foreign matter;
further, lay a sheet of paper underneath.
Do not place the drum unit near a window, to avoid direct rays of the sun.
Do not rotate the injection cylinder or the developing cylinder in the wrong direction;
otherwise, the agent inside will leak.
Do not clean the drum. (Wiping its surface layer can trigger image faults.)
2.2 After Replacing the Drum Unit

1) Mount the new drum unit; then, assemble the printer unit to its original state.
3) Execute idle rotation of the developing assembly in service mode:
COPIER>FUNCTION>INSTALL>STIR-Y/M/C/K.
2-8P
Chapter_02.p65
00/10/16, 14:39
2.3 After Replacing the Transfer Belt

1) Mount the new transfer belt; then, assemble the printer unit to its initial state.
3) Make the following selections in service mode:
COPIER>ADJUST>MISC>TRAREA_1.
4) Enter the values on the bar code label (shown next) that comes with the new transfer belt
using the keypad, and press the OK key.
F02-203-01
5) Enter the values for TRAREA_2 through 8 in the same way, and press the OK key.
6) Record the eight values on the service label.
7) Attach the bar code label to the service label. As needed, record the date of replacement
and the counter reading on the bar code label.
2-9P
Chapter_02.p65
00/10/16, 14:39
3 Pickup/Feed System-Related Adjustments

3.1 Attaching the Timing Belt for the Manual Feed Tray Assembly
Remove the timing belt from the manual feed tray assembly, and perform the following:
1) Adjust the slide guide to the maximum paper width, and check to make sure that the
rack [1] is as indicated.
2) Move the protrusion [2] of the manual feed paper width sensor (S46) in the direction
of the arrow until it stops.
3) Mount the timing belt and the parts as shown.
For the protrusion [2] of the manual feed paper width sensor (S46) and the
belt lock plate [2], be sure that there will be a gap in section A when the
slide guide is moved.
[1]
[3]
[1]
[2]
[2]
[3]
F02-301-01
4) Make the adjustments under 3.2 Executing Paper Width Reference Point Auto Adjustment of the Manual Feed Tray.
2-10P
Chapter_02.p65
10
00/10/16, 14:39
3.2 Executing Paper Width Reference Point Auto Adjustment

for the Manual Feed Tray
FUNCTION>CST>MF-xx (xx=A4R, A6R, A4)
<Making Adjustments>
1) Place A4R paper on the manual feed tray, and adjust the slide guide to the paper width.
2) Start service mode, and make the following selections: FUNCTION>CST>MF-A4R (to
highlight); then, press the OK key.
3) For A6R and A4, perform the same to register the appropriate reference points,
REF.
To make fine adjustments after auto adjustment, use the following:

ADJUST>CST-ADJ>MF-xx (xx=A4R, A6R, A4).
3.3 Adjusting the Paper Width Basic Value for the Manual Feed
Tray
ADJUST>CST-ADJ>MF-xx (xx=A4R, A6R, A4)
Perform the following if fine adjustment is needed after 3.2 Executing Paper Width Reference Point Auto Adjustment for the Manual Feed Tray.
<Making Adjustments>
1) Start service mode, and make the following selections: ADJUST>CST-ADJ>MF-A4R
(to highlight).
2) Enter the appropriate value using the keypad, and press the OK key.
3) For A6R and A4, perform the same to make fine adjustments.
2-11P
Chapter_02.p65
11
00/10/16, 14:39
4 Fixing System-Related Adjustments

4.1 When Replacing the Web
If the web has been replaced in response to E005,
1) Mount the new web, and assemble the printer unit to its initial state.
2) Connect the power plug, and turn on the main power switch. (At this point, E005 will
turn on.)
3) Make the following selections in service mode: COPIER/
PRINTER>FUNCTION>CLEAR>ERR; then, press the OK key.
4) Make the following selections in service mode: COPIER/
PRINTER>COUNTER>MISC>FIX-WEB; then, press the OK key.
5) Turn off and then on the main power switch.
1)
2)
3)
If the web has been replaced NOT in response to E005,

Mount the new web, and assemble the printer unit to its initial state.
Connect the power plug, and turn on the main power switch.
Make the following selections: COPIER/PRINTER>COUNTER>MISC>FIX-WEB;
then, press the OK key.
2-12P
Chapter_02.p65
12
00/10/16, 14:39
4.2 Adjusting the Nip
15mm
Checking the Nip

1) When the machine has entered standby state (i.e., the Start key glows green), wait for 15
min.
2) Make 20 A4 copies.
(Let the sheets move under the fixing roller and the pressure roller so that the surface of
each roller is coated with oil.)
3) Place A3 copy paper in the machines lower cassette.
4) Make the following selections in service mode: COPIER>FUNCTION>FIXING>NIPCHK; then, press the OK key. (The A3 copy paper will be picked up.)
5) Check the nip of the image on the output. (See the diagram below.)
Nip width
(shiny part)
6.5mm0.5
15mm
F02-402-01
The nip width at the middle must be 6.5 0.5 mm.
The difference in nip width in relation to the points 15 mm from the edges of the image (areas A and B) must be 1.0 mm or less.
2-13P
Chapter_02.p65
13
00/10/19, 14:26
If the difference in nip width is 1.0 mm or more,

Making Adjustments: Adjust the smaller of the two by turning the pressure adjusting
screw. (See the figure below; tightening the screw will increase the
pressure and, therefore, the nip.)
F02-402-02
2-14P
Chapter_02.p65
14
00/10/16, 14:39
4.3 Removing the Skew

Checking the Degree of Skew
Check the degree of nip first.
Check the following areas of the image on the output.
The difference between points 15 mm from both edges of the image (areas C and D)
must be 1.0 mm or less. (See the figure below.)
15mm
1)
2)
C
Edge of the image
(NOT the edge of
the paper).
15mm
F02-403-01
2-15P
Chapter_02.p65
15
00/10/16, 14:39
3) Turn the pressure adjusting screws on the sides to make adjustments.

Making Adjustments: Tighten the pressure adjusting screw for the larger of the two (area
C or D; tightening the screw will increase the roller pressure and
the speed and, ultimately, will decrease the skew).
F02-403-02
4.4 When Replacing the Fixing Roller

1) Mount the new upper fixing roller; then, put the printer unit back into its initial condition.
3) Make the following selections in service mode: COPIER/PRINTER>COUNTER>FXUP-RL; then, press the Clear key on the control panel.
5) Check the nip and the skew. (See 4.2 and 4.3.)
2-16P
Chapter_02.p65
16
00/10/16, 14:39
5 LED Exposure Unit-Related Adjustments

5.1 Points to Note When Handling the LED Exposure Unit
Before holding the LED exposure unit, be sure to put on a strap (CK-0534-000)
grounded to the printer unit.
The LED exposure unit contains parts mounted with an extremely high accuracy; be
sure to take care not to impose force to its parts.
When holding the LED exposure unit, be sure to pick both edges of the aluminum substrate; do NOT touch the lens surface or the aluminum base on which lenses are
mounted. (Contact with a hand can cause image faults regardless of the presence of oils
or stains.)
If you have no other choice (as when
mounting the unit to the machine),
you may lightly pick this area.
Aluminum substrate
Aluminum substrate
Lens surface
Lens base (aluminum)
F02-501-01 Holding the LED Exposure Unit

Unless the lens surface is apparently soiled and image faults (light image, uneven density) occur as a result, do NOT clean the lens surface.
2-17P
Chapter_02.p65
17
00/10/16, 14:39
5.2 Points to Note When Mounting the LED Exposure Unit

When mounting the LED exposure unit to the mounting pin on the machine, check to
make sure that the pin and the LED exposure unit are free of dust and foreign matter.
Check to make sure that the LED exposure unit is secured fully to the bottom of the
mounting pin.
5.3 After Replacing the LED Exposure Unit

1) Replace the LED exposure unit, and assemble the machine to its initial state.
3) Execute head shading in user mode.
5.4 Cleaning the LED Exposure Unit (if image faults, e.g., light
images, uneven images, occur as the result of dirt on the
lens surface)
1) Clean with a cleaning bar as follows:
Open the front cover, and pull the cleaning bar until it stops; then, push it back in. Repeat this four to five times.
2) If no improvement is noted, remove the LED exposure unit, and clean as follows:
If the dirt is on the LED exposure unit or the lens surface, dry wipe with lint-free paper.
If the dirt is excessive, moisten the lint-free paper with an appropriate amount of alcohol.
2-18P
Chapter_02.p65
18
00/10/16, 14:39
6 Adjusting Other Electric Parts

6.1 When Replacing the System Controller PCB
1) Open the printer unit front cover.
2) Check to make sure that all items identified by S on the service label attached to the
front cover carry values; otherwise, start service mode, and copy the missing values.
3) Turn off the main power switch, and disconnect the power plug.
4) Remove the problem system controller PCB.
5) Mount the new system controller PCB.
6) Detach the DIM ROM, image memory, and sub PCBs from the system controller PCB;
then, mount them to the new system controller PCB.
Image memory
1
SW1
ON
8
B20
B19
A1
A2
167
168
83
84
167
168
83
84
167
168
83
84
J205
J206
J207
A1
A2
B1
B2
J210
A33
A34
B33
B34
J211
A33
A34
B33 5
B34 6
1
2
J219
72
5
6
2
1
J229
10
9
LED2
2
1
J218
2
1
8
7
J213
10
11
D32
C32
B32
A32
J228
J208
1
2
A2
A1
B2
B1
J202
A1
A2
B1
B2
A50
A49
B50
B49
D1
C1
B1
A1 12
J209
J203
A16
A15
B16
B15
J222
J226
J225
LED1
J227
1
2
5
6
1
2
B1
B2
A13
A14
B13
B14
A1
A2
A2
A1
B2
B1
J214
J201
J215
1
1
2
J224
B2
B1
A19
A20
J220
1 11
2 10
Sub PCB
A2
A1
B2
B1
J223
9
10
85
86
1
2
85
86
1
2
85
86
1
2
A16
A15
B16
B15
DIMM ROM
J204
1
F02-601-01 (top view of the board)

If replaced, the version of the DIM ROM may prove to be incompatible; be
sure to upgrade the DIM ROM of the reader controller PCB, DC controller
PCB, and system controller PCB.
7) Assemble the machine to its initial state.
8) Connect the power plug, and turn on the power switch.
9) Execute the following: FUNCTION>CLEAR>S-CON. (Upon execution, the power will
automatically turn off.)
10) Turn on the main power supply.
11) Enter all items identified by S on the service label.
12) Close the printer unit front cover.
2-19P
Chapter_02.p65
19
00/10/16, 14:39
6.2 When Replacing the DC Controller PCB

1) Open the printer unit front cover.
2) Check to make sure that all items identified by D on the service label attached to the
front cover carry values; otherwise, start service mode, and copy the missing values.
4) Remove the problem DC controller PCB.
5) Mount the new DC controller PCB.
6) Detach the DIMM ROM from the problem DC controller PCB, and mount it to the new
DC controller PCB.
7 1
J111
14
7 1
J109
11
10
19
20
J105
J106
J107
7
J117
J119
16
J108
8 12
J104
10
J102
J103
2
1
13
J115
J116
1 7
J114
12
A20
A19
B1
B2
1 5
J124
J125
J123
J112
1
J121
2 6
LED2
LED1
J120
8
A2
A1
B19
B20
VR4
J101
J122
J113
2 6
J118
1
B1
B2
A1
A2
15
J110
8 12
14
VR1
B39
B40
A39
A40
J126
B2
B1
A2
A1
B34
B33
A34
A33
J128
B2
B1
A2
A1
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
B34
B33
A34
A33
SW1
DIMM ROM
J127
7
ON
J129
J130
72
2
LED3
A16
A15
B16
B15
J135
1
J134
A2
A1
B2
B1
23
J133
2
24
A20
A19
B1
B2
J132
A2 A20
A1 A19
B19 B1
B20 B2
J131
A2
A1
B19
B20
F02-602-01 (top view of the board)

If replaced, the version of the DIM ROM may prove to be incompatible; be
sure to upgrade the DIM ROM of the reader controller PCB, DC controller
PCB, and system controller PCB.
2-20P
Chapter_02.p65
20
00/10/16, 14:39
7) Assemble the printer unit to its initial state.

9) Execute the following in service mode: FUNCTION>CLEAR>DC-CON. (Upon
completion, the power will automatically turn off.)
10) Turn on the main power.
11) Enter all items indicated by D on the service label.
12) Close the printer unit front cover.
13) Correct color displacement in user mode.
2-21P
Chapter_02.p65
21
00/10/16, 14:39
6.3 Checking the Environment Measurement PCB

The environment measurement PCB and the environment sensor are checked using the
environment measurement PCB checking tool (TKN-0457) and the environment sensor calibrating tool (TKN-0456).
a. Checking the Environment Measurement PCB
1) Turn off the main power switch.
2) Remove the manual feed inside cover.
3) Detach the environment sensor from the environment measurement PCB; in its place, fit
the environment measurement PCB checking tool (TKN-0457).
4) Turn on the main power switch.
5) Set the meter range to 30 VDC, and check to see that the voltage between J1-1 (+) and
J1-2 (-) of the environment measurement PCB is 24 2.4 V.
If not, check the connector for connection; if normal, suspect a fault in the DC controller
PCB.
6) Make the following selections in service mode: COPIER>DISPLAY>ANALOG.
7) Check the temperature and humidity on the ANALOG screen.
TEMP: 25 5C
HUM: 40 10%
8) Check to see if the readings are as indicated. If so, go to step 14).
9) Press the Reset key to end service mode, and turn off the main power switch.
10) Disconnect J1 of the environment measurement PCB.
11) Turn on the main power switch, make the following selections in service mode:
COPIER>DISPLAY>ANALOG.
12) Check the temperature and humidity on the ANALOG screen.
TEMP: 25 5C
HUM: 40 10%
13) Check to see that the readings are as indicated.
If the readings are not as indicated, suspect a fault in the DC controller
PCB.
Memo
14) Press the Reset key to end service mode.

15) Turn off the main power switch.
16) Connect J1 to the environment measurement PCB.
17) Detach the environment measurement PCB checking tool from the environment measurement PCB; then, mount the environment sensor.
18) Mount all covers.
2-22P
Chapter_02.p65
22
00/10/16, 14:39
b. Checking the Environment Sensor

1) Check the environment measurement PCB.
2) Turn on the main power switch, and leave it alone for 5 min.
4) Check the temperature and humidity on the ANALOG screen, and take notes:
TEMP: C (data A1)
HUM: % (data A2)
5) Press the Rest key to end service mode; then, turn off the main power switch.
6) Detach the environment sensor from the environment measurement PCB; in its place, fit
the environment sensor calibrating tool (TKN-0456).
7) Turn on the main power switch, and leave it alone for 5 min.
9) On the ANALOG screen, check the temperature and humidity; then, take notes of them:
TEMP: C (data B1)
HUM: % (data B2)
10) Compare data A and data B.
difference between data A1 and data B1 is 0 5
difference between data A2 and data B2 is 0 20
If the difference between data A and data B is not as indicated, replace the environment
sensor.
11) Press the Reset key to end service mode; then, turn off the main power switch.
12) Detach the environment sensor calibrating tool from the environment measurement
PCB; then, mount the environment sensor.
13) Attach all covers.
The environment sensor calibrating tool (TKN-0456) is adjusted at the factory. Be sure to store it in an air-tight container with a drying agent.
2-23P
Chapter_02.p65
23
00/10/16, 14:39
6.4 Checking the Photointerrupters

The machine allows checking its photointerrupters by means of a conventional meter or
its service mode.
a. Using a Meter
1) Set the meter range to 30 VDC.
2) Connect the (-) probe of the meter to any of the following:
DC controller PCB:
J102-8 (GND)
Serial driver PCB:
J317-4 (GND)
Duplex driver PCB:
J505-4 (GND)
Pedestal controller PCB: J650-3 (GND)
3) Connect the (+) probe to the terminals indicated (in tables that follow).
4) Make checks as instructed.
b. Using Service Mode
1) Start service mode, and select I/O.
2) Display the I/O address to check, and make a check as instructed.
<Guide to the Connector No. in the Tables>
[1] DC controller PCB
[3] Duplex driver PCB
[2] Serial driver PCB
[4] Pedestal controller PCB
Sensor
Connector No. Checks

I/O address
S3
[2]>J302-10
Slide out cassette 1, and
Cassette 1 paper DC-CON>P002-4 move the sensor flag by
sensor
hand.
S4
[2]>J302-11
Slide out the cassette 2,
Cassette 2 paper DC-CON>P002-0 and move the sensor flag
sensor
by hand.
S5
[2]>J302-13
Place paper (about 10 mm
Cassette 1 level DC-CON>P002-6 high) in cassette 1.
H sensor
S6
[2]>J302-14
Cassette paper
DC-CON>P002-5 high) in cassette 1.
level L sensor
S7
[2]>J302-15
Cassette 2 paper DC-CON>P002-2 high) in cassette 2.
level H sensor
S8
[2]>J302-16
Cassette 2 paper DC-CON>P002-1 high) in cassette 2.
level L sensor
S9
[2]>J302-17
Cassette 1
DC-CON>P002-7 move the sensor flag using
pickup sensor
paper or the like.
I/O
display
Present 0
Absent 1
Voltage
reading
0V
5V
Paper
Present 0
Absent 1
0V
5V
Paper
Present 1
Absent 0
5V
0V
Paper
Present 1
Absent 0
5V
0V
Paper
Present 1
Absent 0
5V
0V
Paper
Present 1
Absent 0
5V
0V
Paper
Present 1
Absent 0
5V
0V
Paper
2-24P
Chapter_02.p65
24
00/10/16, 14:39

Sensor
S10
Cassette 2
pickup sensor
S11
Vertical path
sensor
S12
Pre-registration
sensor
S13
Transparency
sensor, front
S14
Transparency
sensor, rear
S15
Manual feed
paper sensor
S24
Web length
sensor
S25
Fixing assembly
inlet sensor

I/O address
[2]>J302-18
Paper
DC-CON>P002-10 move the sensor flag using
paper or the like.
[2]>J318-6
Open the right cover, and Paper
DC-CON>P001-4 move the sensor flag by
hand.
[2]>J319-2
Open the right cover, and Paper
DC-CON>P001-3 put paper over the sensor.
I/O
display
Present 1
Absent 0
Voltage
reading
5V
0V
Present 0
Absent 1
5V
0V
Present 1
Absent 0
5V
0V
Present 1
Absent 0
5V
0V
Present 1
Absent 0
5V
0V
Present 0
Absent 1
5V
0V
Web
Present 1
Short
0
5V
0V
Paper
Present 1
Absent 0
5V
0V
[1]>J119-5
Open the manual feed tray, Paper
DC-CON>P009-5 and put paper over the
sensor.
[1]>J119-8
Open the manual feed tray, Paper
DC-CON>P009-6 and put paper over the
sensor.
[2]>J319-5
Put paper on the manual
Paper
DC-CON>P001-5 feed tray.
[2]>J313-2
Open the delivery assembly
DC-CON>P007-6 cover, and move the sensor
flag using paper or the like.
[2]>J311-2
Open the fixing assembly,
DC-CON>P007-0 and secure the sensor flag
in place; then, close the
fixing assembly.
S26
[2]>J311-5
Open the front cover.
Fixing assembly DC-CON>P007-5 Slide out the transfer unit,
inlet arch sensor
and move the fixing
assembly inlet guide by
hand.
S27
[1]>J311-8
Open the delivery assembly
Inside delivery DC-CON>P007-1 cover, and block the sensor.
sensor
S28 (face-down [2]>J309-7
Release the face-down
delivery unit)
DC-CON>P007-2 delivery unit, and open
Outside delivery
the face-down delivery
sensor
unit cover; then, move the
sensor flag by hand.
S29 (face-down [2]>J309-4
delivery unit)
DC-CON>P007-3 delivery unit, and open
Delivery vertical
the face-down delivery
path sensor
unit cover; then, move
the sensor flag by hand.
S30 (duplex unit) [3]>J503-2
Duplex unit
DC-CON>P008-1 delivery unit, and put paper
inlet sensor
over the sensor.
Fixing Up
assemb- Down
ly inlet
guide
0
1
0V
5V
Light- Present 1
blocking Absent 0
plate
Paper
Present 1
Absent 0
5V
0V
Paper
Present 1
Absent 0
5V
0V
Paper
Present 0
Absent 1
5V
0V
5V
0V
2-25P
Chapter_02.p65
25
00/10/16, 14:39

Sensor
Connector No.
I/O address
S31 (duplex unit) [3]>J502-A4
Re-pickup sensor DC-CON>P008-0
S33 (duplex unit) [3]>J503-5
Duplex unit
DC-CON>P008-2
lower sensor
S36
[4]>J655-10
Cassette 3 paper DC-CON>P019-0
sensor
S37
[4]>J655-11
sensor
S38
[4]>J655-14
level H sensor
S39
[4]>J655-13
level L sensor
S40
[4]>J655-16
level H sensor
S41
[4]>J655-15
level L sensor
S42
[4]>J655-17
Cassette 3
DC-CON>P020-6
pickup sensor
S43
[4]>J655-18
Cassette 4
DC-CON>P020-7
pickup sensor
S44
[4]>J655-12
Vertical path
DC-CON>P018-5
paper sensor
S45
[4]>J656-2
Right door open/ DC-CON>P018-6
closed sensor
S51
[1]>J114-11
Transfer belt
DC-CON>P014-7
sensor
S52
[2]>J318-12
Post-registration DC-CON>P003-3
sensor
S55
[2]>J318-9
Vertical path
DC-CON>P001-0
door open/closed
sensor
Checks
Open the front cover, and
put paper over the sensor.
delivery unit, and put paper
over the sensor.
Slide out the cassette 3,
and move the sensor flag
by hand.
move the sensor flag by
hand.
Put paper (about 10 mm
high) in cassette 3.
Paper
Present
Absent
Present
Absent
Paper
I/O
display
1
0
1
0
Paper
Present 0
Absent 1
0V
5V
Paper
Present 0
Absent 1
0V
5V
Paper
Present 1
Absent 0
5V
0V

Paper
Present 1
Absent 0
5V
0V

Paper
Present 1
Absent 0
5V
0V

Paper
Present 1
Absent 0
5V
0V

hand.
hand.
Open the right lower cover,
and move the sensor flag
by hand.
Open/close the right lower
cover.
Paper
Present 1
Absent 0
5V
0V
Paper
Present 1
Absent 0
5V
0V
Paper
Present 1
Absent 0
5V
0V
Right
lower
cover
Lightblocking
plate
Lightblocking
plate
Right
cover
Closed 1
Open
0
5V
0V
Present 0
Absent 1
5V
0V
Present 1
Absent 0
5V
0V
Open
0
Closed 1
5V
0V
Open/close the front cover,

and drive the transfer belt.
Remove the manual feed
cover, and move the sensor
flag using paper or the like.
Open/close the right cover.
2-26P
Chapter_02.p65
26
Voltage
reading
5V
0V
5V
0V
00/10/16, 14:39

Sensor

I/O address
S56 (face-down [2]>J304-10
delivery unit)
DC-CON>P007-4
Face-down
delivery unit
release sensor
WTS2
[2]>J315-2
Remove the waste toner
Waste toner
DC-CON>P003-2 box.
sensor
(light-receiving
element)
I/O
display
Light- Present 0
blocking Absent 1
plate
Voltage
reading
5V
0V
Light- Present 0
blocking Absent 1
plate
0V
5V
2-27P
Chapter_02.p65
27
00/10/16, 14:39
7 Upgrading
The machine may be upgraded by either of the following two methods:
[1] By replacing the DIMM on the system controller PCB or the DC controller PCB.
[2] By upgrading the DIMM contents through downloading from a PC.
7.1 Replacing the DIMM

The DIMMs are located as shown in the following:
DC controller
PCB
System controller
PCB
DIMM
DIMM
F02-701-01
2-28P
Chapter_02.p65
28
00/10/16, 14:39
7.1.1 Removing the DIMM

1) Turn off the main power switch, and disconnect the power cord from the power outlet.
2) Remove the four screws, and detach the face cover from the rear cover.
Face cover
Screws
F02-701-02
2-29P
Chapter_02.p65
29
00/10/16, 14:39
3) Remove the two screws, and detach the DIMM cover for the DIMM to replace.
DIMM cover
(DC controller PCB)
Screws
DIMM cover
(system controller PCB)
Screws
F02-701-03
2-30P
Chapter_02.p65
30
00/10/16, 14:39
4) While spreading the claws of the slots , lift the DIMM to detach.
DIMM
(system controller PCB)
DIMM
(DC controller PCB)
F02-701-04
F02-701-05
2-31P
Chapter_02.p65
31
00/10/16, 14:39
7.1.2 Mounting the DIMM of the System Controller PCB and the DC Controller PCB
1) Fit the DIMM into the slot at an angle, and shift it down.
F02-701-06
F02-701-07
The DIMM can break. Do not impose excess force.
REF.
After replacing the DIMM,

1. Clear the RAM (COPIER>FUNCTION>CLEAR>S-CON or DC-CON).
2. Enter all settings indicated by S or D on the service label.
3. Execute color displacement correction in user mode (only if the RAM on
the DC controller PCB has been executed).
If you are replacing the DIMM ROM with a new one, be sure to upgrade
the DIMM ROM of the reader controller PCB, DC controller PCB, and system controller PCB to make sure that the versions will match.
2-32P
Chapter_02.p65
32
00/10/16, 14:39
7.2 Downloading
7.2.1 Items to Prepare
PC (with the Copier Support Tool installed)
Bi-Centronics cable (with the notation IEEE 1284Std-compliant)
7.2.2 Downloading Procedure

a. Making Connections
1) Turn off the main power switch, and disconnect the power plug from the power outlet.
2) Open the manual feed tray, and detach the manual feed cover.
3) Connect the downloading connector suited to the PCB in question and the PC using a
bi-Centronics cable.
At this time, the PC must remain off.
Connect the 25-pin connector of the bi-Centronics cable to the PC and its 36-pin
connector to the printer unit.
4) Slide the download switch of the PCB in question to the LOAD position.
Download connector
(for DC controller PCB)
Download switch
(for system controller PCB)
Download switch
Download connector
F02-702-01
2-33P
Chapter_02.p65
33
00/10/16, 14:39
5) Turn on the PC, and start up the Copier Service Support Tool.
6) Connect the power plug of the printer unit to the power outlet, and turn on the main
power switch.
Power lamp:
ON
Control panel display:
OFF
b. Executing Downloading
1) Select To Main Menu from the startup messages of the Copier Service Support Tool.
2) Select Next under Download/Upload.
F02-702-02
2-34P
Chapter_02.p65
34
00/10/16, 14:39
3) Select the PCB in question, and click Start to Connect.

S-CON:
DIMM for system controller PCB
DC-CON:
DIMM for DC controller PCB
4) Download the data for the flash ROM by going through the instructions appearing on
the PC screen.
Do not turn off the machine or the PC during downloading; such could put
the DIMM out of order, rendering it unusable.
5) When downloading has ended, turn off the PC as follows:

OKReturn to Main MenuEnd Copier Service Support ToolEnd
c. After Downloading
2) Disconnect the bi-Centronics cable from the printer unit.
3) Slide the download switch to the COPY position.
Download switch
Download switch
COPY
LOAD
COPY
LOAD
Download connector
Download connector
F02-702-03
2-35P
Chapter_02.p65
35
00/10/16, 14:39
4) Connect the power plug to the power outlet, and turn on the main power switch.
5) Start service mode, and check the ROM version.
COPIER>DISPLAY>VERSION>S-CON or DC-CON
6) After the check, attach the manual feed cover.
REF.
After upgrading work, be sure to perform the following:

1. Execute RAM clear (COPIER>FUNCTION>CLEAR>S-CON or DCCON).
2. Enter all settings indicated by S or D on the service label.
3. Execute color displacement in user mode (only if the RAM on the DC
controller PCB has been cleared).
If you are upgrading the DIMM ROM, be sure to upgrade the DIMM ROM
of the reader controller PCB, DC controller PCB, and system controller
PCB so that all versions will match.
2-36P
Chapter_02.p65
36
00/10/16, 14:39
CHAPTER 3 ARRANGEMENT AND

FUNCTIONS OF
ELECTRICAL PARTS
3-1P
Chapter_03.p65
00/10/16, 14:40
1 Sensors
S46
S15
S50
S49
S3
S28
S56
S13
S5
S6
S7
S8
S4
S12
S14
S9
S10
S51
WTS1
S29
WTS2
S1
S2
F03-100-01
Notation Name
S1
Cassette 1 size sensor
S2
S3
Cassette 1 paper sensor
S4
S5
Cassette 1 paper level H sensor
S6
Cassette 1 paper level L sensor
S7
S8
S9
Cassette 1 pickup sensor
S10
S12
Pre-registration sensor
S13
Transparency sensor, front
S14
Transparency sensor, rear
*1: Face-down delivery unit.
Notation
S15
S28
S29
S46
S49
S50
S51
S56
WTS1
WTS2
Name
Manual feed tray paper sensor
Eternal delivery sensor*1
Delivery vertical path sensor*1
Manual feed tray width sensor
Transfer swing sensor 1
Transfer swing sensor 2
Transfer belt sensor
Face-down delivery unit release
sensor
Waste toner sensor (light-emitting segment)
Waste toner sensor (light-receiving segment)
T03-100-01
3-2P
Chapter_03.p65
00/10/16, 14:40
S47
S48
S52
S55
S11
S32
S24
S25
S31
S26
S27
S30
S33
F03-100-02
Notation Name
S11
Vertical path sensor
S24
Web length sensor
S25
Fixing assembly inlet sensor
S26
Fixing assembly inlet loop sensor
S27
S30
Duplex unit inlet sensor*1
S31
Re-pickup sensor*1
*1: Duplex unit.
Notation
S32
S33
S47
S48
S52
S55
Name
Side registration sensor*1
Duplex unit lower senor*1
Temperature sensor
Humidity sensor
Post-registration sensor
Vertical path door open/closed
sensor
T03-100-02
3-3P
Chapter_03.p65
00/10/16, 14:40
S20
S21
S22
S23
S16
S17
S18
S19
F03-100-03
Notation
S16
S17
S18
S19
Name
ATR sensor Y
ATR sensor M
ATR sensor C
ATR sensor Bk
Notation
S20
S21
S22
S23
Name
Toner level sensor Y
Toner level sensor M
Toner level sensor C
Toner level sensor Bk
T03-100-03
3-4P
Chapter_03.p65
00/10/16, 14:40
2 Thermistor, Lamps, and Heaters
3-5P
Chapter_03.p65
00/10/16, 14:40
LCD
SW6
SW5
TP3
H6
H7
RL1
SSR1
H3
SW1
ELCB1
SW2
100/120V
220/240V
LF
TH1
CB1
TP1
H1
SW3
TH2
H2
SW4
SSR2
RL3
RL2
F03-200-01
3-6P
Chapter_03.p65
00/10/16, 14:40
Notation
CB1
ELCB1
H1
H2
H3
H6
H7
LCD
LF
RL1
RL2
RL3
SSR
SSR2
Name
Circuit breaker
Leakage breaker
Fixing main heater
Fixing sub heater
Cassette heater (accessory)
Environment heater 1
Environment heater 2
Touch panel display
Noise filter
AC relay
DC relay
Environment heater relay (230 V)
Fixing heater SSR
Environment heater SSR
Notation
SW1
SW2
SW3
SW4
SW5
SW6
TH1
TH2
TP1
TP3
TP4
Name
Main power switch
Power save switch
Front door switch
Transfer noise switch
Fixing assembly door switch
Face-down interlock switch
Main thermistor
Sub thermistor
Fixing heater thermal switch
Environment heater 1 thermal
switch
Environment heater 2 thermal
switch
T03-200-01
3-7P
Chapter_03.p65
00/10/16, 14:40
3 Clutches and Solenoids
CL5
CL4
CL7
CL9
CL11
CL16
CL17
CL18
CL6
CL21
CL10
CL12
CL2
CL8
CL19
CL20
CL15
SL5
SL2
CL23
CL3
CL13
CL14
CL22
CL1
SL4
SL1
F03-300-01
3-8P
Chapter_03.p65
00/10/16, 14:40
Notation
CL1
CL2
CL3
CL4
CL5
CL6
CL7
CL8
CL9
CL10
CL11
CL12
CL13
CL14
CL15
Name
Pickup clutch
Vertical path clutch
Manual feed clutch
Registration clutch
Developing cylinder clutch Y
Injection cylinder clutch Y
Developing cylinder clutch M
Injection cylinder clutch H M
Developing cylinder clutch C
Injection cylinder clutch C
Developing cylinder clutch Bk
Injection cylinder clutch Bk
Pickup high-speed clutch
Fixing clutch
Reversing assembly double-speed
clutch*2
CL16
External delivery double-speed
clutch*2
*1: Duplex unit.
Notation Name
CL17
Reversing assembly CCW
clutch*2
CL18
clutch*2
CL19
Duplex normal speed feed
clutch*1
CL20
Duplex double-speed feed
clutch*1
CL21
Re-pickup clutch*1
CL22
Fixing high-speed clutch
CL23
SL01
Pickup solenoid
SL02
Feed holding plate locking solenoid
SL04
Web solenoid
SL05
Delivery flapper solenoid*2
T03-300-01
3-9P
Chapter_03.p65
00/10/16, 14:40
4 Fans
FM10
FM2
FM1
FM4
FM6
FM7
FM13
F03-400-01
3-10P
Chapter_03.p65
10
00/10/16, 14:40
Notation Name
FM1
Fixing fan
FM2
Delivery fan*1
FM4
Machine cooling fan
FM6
*1: Single-sided model only.
Notation
FM7
FM10
FM13
Name
De-curling fan*2
Kit drive cooling fan
Transfer motor cooling fan
T03-400-01
3-11P
Chapter_03.p65
11
00/10/16, 14:40
5 Motors
M2
M3
M4
M5
M1
M6
M16
M11
M12
M13
M7
M14
M8
M9
M10
M17
M20
M15
F03-500-01
3-12P
Chapter_03.p65
12
00/10/16, 14:40
Notation Name
M01
Pickup motor
M02
Pickup main motor
M03
Drum drive motor Y
M04
Drum drive motor M
M05
Drum drive motor C
M06
Drum drive motor Bk
M07
Hopper motor Y
M08
Hopper motor M
M09
Hopper motor C
*1: Duplex unit.
Notation
M10
M11
M12
M13
M14
M15
M16
M17
M20
Name
Hopper motor Bk
Cartridge motor Y
Cartridge motor M
Cartridge motor C
Cartridge motor Bk
Delivery main motor
Side registration motor*1
Waste toner motor
T03-500-01
3-13P
Chapter_03.p65
13
00/10/16, 14:40
6 PCBs
[5]
[6]
[3]
[2]
[1]
[4]
[7]
[9]
[10]
[11]
[8]
F03-600-01
Notation
[1]
[2]
[3]
[4]
[5]
Name
Control panel CPU PCB
Control panel inverter PCB
Keypad PCB
Contrast adjustment PCB
Control panel power supply
switch PCB
*1: Duplex unit.
Notation
[6]
[7]
[8]
[9]
[10]
[11]
Name
Function key PCB
Transfer high-voltage PCB
Transfer drive AC generation PCB
Pickup assembly PCB
Power supply relay PCB (230 V)
Duplex unit driver PCB*1
T03-600-01
3-14P
Chapter_03.p65
14
00/10/16, 14:40
[21]
[24]
[22]
[25]
[26]
[27]
[19]
[20]
[15]
[16]
[17]
[14]
[18]
[23]
[13]
[12]
F03-600-02
Notation
[12]
[13]
[14]
[15]
[16]
[17]
[18]
[19]
Name
Notation
System controller PCB
[20]
DC controller PCB
[21]
Serial driver PCB
[22]
Image formation high-voltage PCB [23]
Separation high-voltage PCB
[24]
DC power supply PCB
[25]
Power supply PCB
[26]
Drum drive AC generation PCB [27]
Name
LED power supply PCB
ECO2 PCB
Parallel I/F PCB
Switch PCB (230 V)
Exposure LED Y
Exposure LED M
Exposure LED C
Exposure LED Bk
T03-600-02
3-15P
Chapter_03.p65
15
00/10/16, 14:40
7 Cassette Pedestal
S45
S36
SL6
CL24
S38
S39
S40
S37
S41
S42
S43
S34
S35
F03-700-01
Notation
CL24
SL6
S34
S35
S36
S37
S38
S39
Name
Pickup clutch
Pickup solenoid
Cassette 3 paper level L paper
sensor
Notation
S40
S41
S42
S43
S44
S45
Name
Vertical path paper sensor
Right door open/closed sensor
T03-700-01
3-16P
Chapter_03.p65
16
00/10/16, 14:40
[2]
M18
[1]
M19
H3
F03-700-02
Notation
H3
M18
M19
Name
Pedestal heater (accessory)
Pickup motor
Pedestal main motor
Notation Name
[1]
Pedestal pickup assembly PCB
[2]
Pedestal controller PCB
T03-700-02
3-17P
Chapter_03.p65
17
00/10/16, 14:40
8 Variable Resistors (VR), Light-Emitting Diodes, and

Check Pins by PCB
Of the variable resistors (VR), light-emitting diodes (LED), and check pins used in the
machine, those needed in the field are discussed:
Those VRs and check pins not discussed herein are for use at the factory,
requiring special tools and high accuracy. Do not touch them in the field.
Some LEDs hold leakage current and emit dim light even when off. This is
a normal condition and must be kept in mind.
VRs that may be used into the field.

VRs that must not be used in the field.
3-18P
Chapter_03.p65
18
00/10/16, 14:40
8.1 Controller PCB

7 1
J111
J110
8 12
14
14
3
8 12
11
19
10
20
1
5
J105
J106
J107
7
J117
J119
16
J108
J104
10
J102
J103
2
1
13
J115
J116
1 7
J114
12
A20
A19
B1
B2
1 5
J124
J125
J123
J112
1
J121
2 6
LED2
LED1
J120
8
A2
A1
B19
B20
VR4
J101
J122
J113
2 6
J118
1
B1
B2
A1
A2
15
7 1
J109
VR1
B39
B40
A39
A40
SW1
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
J127
7
ON
J129
J130
72
BAT1
2
LED3
A16
A15
B16
B15
J135
1
J134
A2
A1
B2
B1
23
J133
2
24
A20
A19
B1
B2
J132
A2 A20
A1 A19
B19 B1
B20 B2
J131
A2
A1
B19
B20
F03-801-01
Notation
LED1
LED2
LED3
Name
24V check LED
5V check LED
CPU operation check LED
SW1
For factory use
Description
ON, if 24-V power is present.
ON, if 5-V power is present.
Flashes at about 1-sec intervals, if the CPU has
warmed up successfully.
Flashes at short intervals, if a RAM check error is
found while the CPU is warming up.
On, if the CPU fails to warm up.
T03-801-01
3-19P
Chapter_03.p65
19
00/10/16, 14:40
8.2 System Controller PCB
SW1
ON
8
B20
B19
A1
A2
85
86
1
2
85
86
1
2
85
86
1
2
167
168
83
84
167
168
83
84
167
168
83
84
J205
J206
J207
A1
A2
B1
B2
J210
A33
A34
B33
B34
J211
A33
A34
B33 5
B34 6
2
1
J229
LED2
10
9
2
1
J218
2
1
8
7
J213
10
11
D32
C32
B32
A32
J208
J209
J228
D1
C1
B1
A1 12
J202
1
2
A2
A1
B2
B1
J203
A16
A15
B16
B15
A1
A2
B1
B2
A50
A49
B50
B49
BAT1
5
6
72
J219
1
2
J222
J226
J225
LED1
J227
1
2
5
6
1
2
B1
B2
A13
A14
B13
B14
A1
A2
A2
A1
B2
B1
J201
J214
A16
A15
B16
B15
J215
1
1
2
J224
B2
B1
A19
A20
J220
1 11
2 10
A2
A1
B2
B1
J223
9
10
J204
1
F03-802-01
Notation Name
Description
LED1
5V check LED
On, if 5-V power is present.
LED2
CPU operation check LED Flashes at about 1-sec intervals, if the CPU has
warmed up successfully.
Flashes, if a RAM check error is found while the
CPU is warming up.
On, if the CPU fails to warm up.
SW1
For factory use
T03-802-01
3-20P
Chapter_03.p65
20
00/10/16, 14:40
8.3 Serial Driver PCB
J303
12 2
11 1
9
8
1 9
2 10
J320
J319
1 13
2 12
J318
J317
1 1
J399
5
36
J316 12 54 J315 12
13
12
1
2
J314
17
18
4
3
10
11
J304
2
1
J306
12
13
A1
B12
J307
A11
B1
A1
B11
J308
2
1
A12
B1
2
1
2
1
J309
J310
J302
J311
1
2
2
1 1
11
10
J312
6
5
J301
1
2
1
2
J313
J321
1
2
19
18
12
13
F03-803-01
J4
10 1
J3
1
9
5 1 2
4 1
J6
J1
FU1201
J8 J7 J9
J5
J2
8.4 DC Power Supply PCB
F03-804-01
3-21P
Chapter_03.p65
21
00/10/16, 14:40
8.5 Pickup Assembly PCB

Cassette 1 (upper)
S3
3
1
J1605
S5
B12
A1
S6
J1603
J1601
B1
A12 J1607
J1606
S9
J1608 J1602
S4
31
J1604
S10
S7
S8
Cassette 2 (lower)
F03-805-01
Notation
S3
S4
S5
S6
Sensor
Notation
S7
S8
S9
S10
Sensor
T03-805-01
3-22P
Chapter_03.p65
22
00/10/16, 14:40
8.6 Duplex Driver PCB (duplex model only)
J502
J503
1
A10
B1
J501
1
A1
B10
J505
4
F03-806-01
8.7 Cassette Pedestal

a. Pedestal Controller PCB
J651
1
17
J655
18
J656
J650
4
13
J652
J657
14
F03-807-01
3-23P
Chapter_03.p65
23
00/10/16, 14:40
b. Pedestal Pickup Assembly PCB

Cassette 3 (upper)
S36
3
1
J1605
S38
B12
A1
S38
S44
J1603
J1601
B1
A12 J1607
J1606
S42
J1608 J1602
S37
31
J1604
S43
S40
S41
Cassette 4 (lower)
F03-807-02
Notation
S36
S37
S38
S39
S40
Sensor
Cassette 3 paper level 1 sensor
Notation
S41
S42
S43
S44
Sensor
Vertical path paper sensor
T03-807-02
3-24P
Chapter_03.p65
24
00/10/16, 14:40
APPENDIX
Appendix_cover-P.p65
00/10/16, 14:40
APPENDIX
1 General Timing Chart

Conditions: full-color, cassette; A4, single-sided (2 prints, continuous)
Main power
switch ON
190C
WMUP
Print request
signal
PSTBY
Controlled to 190C
Main power
switch OFF
PINTR
PRINT
LSTR
PSTBY
Controlled to 180C

Pickup motor (M1)
(S1)
Pickup clutch (CL1)
(S12)
(M15)
(CL23)
1.0sec

Drum drive motor Y (M3)
Drum drive motor M (M4)
Drum drive motor C (M5)
Drum drive motor Bk (M6)
Injection cylinder
clutch Y (CL6)
Injection cylinder
clutch M (CL8)
Injection cylinder
clutch C (CL10)
Injection cylinder
clutch Bk (CL12)
Exposure LED-Y
Exposure LED-M
Exposure LED-C
Exposure LED-Bk
Developing cylinder
clutch Y (CL5)
Developing cylinder
clutch M (CL7)
Developing cylinder
clutch C (CL9)
Developing cylinder
clutch Bk (CL11)
2min

Transfer charging-Y
Transfer charging-M
Transfer charging-C
Transfer Bk-Bk
Separation charging

(S27)
(SL5)
Eternal delivery sensor
(S28)
clutch (CL18)
clutch (CL17)
Reversing assembly double
speed clutch (CL15)

sensor (S29)
Duplex double speed
(S30)
Duplex equal speed
A-1P
Appendix_A3-1.p65
00/10/16, 14:46
APPENDIX
Conditions: full-color, cassette 1; A4, double-sided
Print request
signal
PSTBY
PINTR
Controlled to
190C
Controlled to 180C
Main power
switch OFF
PRINT
LSTR

Pickup motor (M1)
(S1)
Pickup clutch (CL1)
2nd side

(S12)
(M15)
(CL23)
1.0sec

Drum drive motor Y (M3)
Drum drive motor M (M4)
Drum drive motor C (M5)
Drum drive motor Bk (M6)
Injection cylinder
clutch Y (CL6)
Injection cylinder
clutch M (CL8)
Injection cylinder
clutch C (CL10)
Injection cylinder
clutch Bk (CL12)
Exposure LED-Y
Exposure LED-M
Exposure LED-C
Exposure LED-Bk
Developing cylinder
clutch Y (CL5)
Developing cylinder
clutch M (CL7)
Developing cylinder
clutch C (CL9)
Developing cylinder
clutch Bk (CL11)
Transfer charging-Y
Transfer charging-M
Transfer charging-C
Transfer Bk-Bk
Separation charging

(S27)
(SL5)
Eternal delivery sensor
(S28)
clutch (CL18)
clutch (CL17)
Reversing assembly double
speed clutch (CL15)
Reversal

sensor (S29)
Duplex double speed
(S30)
Duplex equal speed
A-2P
Appendix_A3-1.p65
00/10/16, 14:46
PSTBY
APPENDIX
2 Signals and Abbreviations

2.1 Signals
2.1.1 Printer
2SIDE_OK
AC_RL
ATR_C
ATR_CNT_C
ATR_CNT_K
ATR_CNT_M
ATR_CNT_Y
ATR_K
ATR_M
ATR_Y
CD0
CD1
CD2
CD3
CD4
CD5
CD6
CFAI-1
CFAI-2
CFAI-S
CFAI-I
CL1_ON
CL10_C_ON
CL11_Bk_ON
CL12_Bk_ON
CL13_ON
CL14_ON
CL15_ON
CL16_ON
CL17_ON
CL18_ON
CL19_ON
CL2_ON
CL20_ON
CL21_ON
CL22_ON
CL23_ON
CL3_ON
CL4_ON
Duplex driver PCB connection detection signal

AC relay drive signal
ATR sensor C output signal
ATR sensor C drive signal
ATR sensor Bk drive signal
ATR sensor M drive signal
ATR sensor Y drive signal
ATR sensor Bk output signal
ATR sensor M output signal
ATR sensor Y output signal
Exposure LED-C image data signal 0
Exposure LED-C image data transfer signal 1
Exposure LED-C image data transfer signal 2
Exposure LED-C activation start signal
Exposure LED-C activation enable signal
Pickup clutch drive signal
Injection cylinder clutch C drive signal
Developing cylinder clutch Bk drive signal
Injection cylinder clutch Bk drive signal
Pickup higher speed clutch drive signal
Fixing clutch drive signal
Reversing assembly double speed clutch drive signal
External delivery double speed clutch drive signal
Reversing assembly CCW clutch drive signal
Reversing assembly CW clutch drive signal
Duplex equal speed feeding clutch drive signal
Vertical path clutch drive signal
Duplex double speed feeding clutch drive signal
Re-pickup clutch drive signal
Fixing higher speed clutch drive signal
Transfer swing clutch drive signal
Manual feed clutch drive signal
Registration clutch drive signal
A-3P
Appendix_A5-3.p65
00/10/24, 19:04
APPENDIX
CL5_Y_ON
CL6_Y_ON
CL7_M_ON
CL8_M_ON
CL9_C_ON
COPY_RMT
CSCLK
CSRST
CVGA
DC_RL
DVAC_C
DVAC_K
DVAC_M
DVAC_Y
ECO_CONNECT*
EXUNT_SENS
FIXDR
FM1_LCK
FM1_ON
FM10_LCK
FM10_ON
FM13_LCK
FM13_ON
FM2_LCK
FM2_ON
FM4_LCK
FM4_ON
FM6_LCK
FM6_ON
FM7_LCK
FM7_ON
FRK_ON
FRNTDR
H1_ERR
H1_ON
H2_ERR
H2_ON
HUM
KD0
KD1
KD2
KD3
KD4
KD5
Developing cylinder clutch Y drive signal

Injection cylinder clutch Y drive signal
Developing cylinder clutch M drive signal
Injection cylinder clutch M drive signal
Developing cylinder clutch C drive signal
High-voltage output enable signal
C image data input sync clock signal
C image data latch signal
C-LED chip ground signal
DC relay drive signal
Developing AC bias C output signal
Developing AC bias M output signal
Developing AC bias M output signal
Developing AC bias Y output signal
ECO2 PCB connection detection signal
Face-down delivery unit connection detection signal
Fixing door open/closed detection signal
Fixing fan locked detection signal
Fixing fan full speed rotation signal
Kit drive cooling fan locked detection signal
Kit drive cooling fan drive signal
Transfer motor cooling fan locked detection signal
Transfer motor cooling fan drive signal
Delivery fan locked detection signal
Delivery fan drive signal
Machine cooling fan locked detection signal
Machine cooling fan drive signal
Power supply cooling fan locked detection signal
De-curling fan locked detection signal
De-curling fan drive signal
Anti-flicker ON/OFF signal
Front door open/closed detection signal
Fixing main heater error detection signal
Fixing main heater drive signal
Fixing sub heater error detection signal
Fixing sub heater drive signal
Humidity detection signal
Exposure LED-Bk image data signal 0
A-4P
Appendix_A5-3.p65
00/10/24, 19:04
APPENDIX
KD6
KFAI-1
KFAI-2
KFAI-S
KFAI-I
KSCLK
KSRST
KVGA
M1_A
M1_B
M1-I0
M1_I1
M10_Bk_A
M10_Bk_A*
M10_Bk_B
M10_Bk_B*
M11_Y_ON
M12_M_ON
M13_C_ON
M14_Bk_ON
M15_ENC_A
M15_ENC_B
M15_ENC_C
M15_PLS_A
M15_PLS_B
M16_LCK
M16_ON
M16_SPDA
M16_SPDB
M17_A
M17_A*
M17_B
M17_B*
M2_LCK
M2_ON
M2_SPDA
M2_SPDB
M20_DT
M20_ON
M20_OPN
M3_Y_ENCA
M3_Y_ENCB
M3_Y_ENCC
M3_Y_PLSA

Exposure LED-Bk activation start signal
Exposure LED-Bk activation enable signal
Bk image data input sync clock signal
Bk image data latch signal
Bk LED chip ground signal
Pickup motor drive signal A
Pickup motor drive signal B
Pickup motor current switch signal I0
Hopper motor Bk drive signal A
Hopper motor Bk drive signal A*
Hopper motor Bk drive signal B
Hopper motor Bk drive signal B*
Cartridge motor Y drive signal
Cartridge motor M drive signal
Cartridge motor C drive signal
Cartridge motor Bk drive signal
Transfer belt drive motor encoder signal A
Transfer belt drive motor encoder signal B
Transfer belt drive motor encoder signal C
Transfer belt drive motor drive pulse signal A
Transfer belt drive motor drive pulse signal B
Delivery main motor locked detection signal
Delivery main motor drive signal
Delivery main motor speed switch signal A
Delivery main motor speed switch signal B
Side registration motor drive signal A
Side registration motor drive signal A*
Side registration motor drive signal B
Side registration motor drive signal B*
Pickup main motor locked detection signal
Pickup main motor drive signal
Pickup main motor speed switch signal A
Pickup main motor speed switch signal B
Waste toner motor locked detection signal
Waste toner motor drive signal
Waste toner motor drive signal
Drum drive motor Y encoder signal A
Drum drive motor Y encoder signal B
Drum drive motor Y encoder signal C
Drum drive motor Y drive pulse signal A
A-5P
Appendix_A5-3.p65
00/10/24, 19:04
APPENDIX
M3_Y_PLSB
M4_M_ENCA
M4_M_ENCB
M4_M_ENCC
M4_M_PLSA
M4_M_PLSB
M5_C_ENCA
M5_C_ENCB
M5_C_ENCC
M5_C_PLSA
M5_C_PLSB
M6_Bk_ENCA
M6_Bk_ENCB
M6_Bk_ENCC
M6_Bk_PLSA
M6_Bk_PLSB
M7_Y_A
M7_Y_A*
M7_Y_B
M7_Y_B*
M8_M_A
M8_M_A*
M8_M_B
M8_M_B*
M9_C_A
M9_C_A*
M9_C_B
M9_C_B*
MD0
MD1
MD2
MD3
MD4
MD5
MD6
MFAI-1
MFAI-2
MFAI-S
MFAI-I
MSCLK
MSRST
MVGA
PKTC_OK
PKTCSC
Drum drive motor Y drive pulses signal B

Drum drive motor M encoder signal A
Drum drive motor M encoder signal B
Drum drive motor M encoder signal C
Drum drive motor M drive pulse signal A
Drum drive motor M drive pulse signal B
Drum drive motor C encoder signal A
Drum drive motor C encoder signal B
Drum drive motor C encoder signal C
Drum drive motor C drive pulse signal A
Drum drive motor C drive pulse signal B
Drum drive motor Bk encoder signal A
Drum drive motor Bk encoder signal B
Drum drive motor Bk encoder signal C
Drum drive motor Bk drive pulse signal A
Drum drive motor Bk drive pulse signal B
Hopper motor Y drive signal A
Hopper motor Y drive signal A*
Hopper motor Y drive signal B
Hopper motor Y drive signal B*
Hopper motor M drive signal A
Hopper motor M drive signal A*
Hopper motor M drive signal B
Hopper motor M drive signal B*
Hopper motor C drive signal A
Hopper motor C drive signal A*
Hopper motor C drive signal B
Hopper motor C drive signal B*
Exposure LED-M image data signal 0
Exposure LED-M image data transfer signal 1
Exposure LED-M image data transfer signal 2
Exposure LED-M activation start signal
Exposure LED-M activation enable signal
M image data input sync clock signal
M image data latch signal
M-LED chip ground signal
Drum unit-C connection signal
Drum unit ROM-C control signal
A-6P
Appendix_A5-3.p65
00/10/24, 19:04
APPENDIX
PKTCSK
PKTCSM
PKTCSY
PKTK_OK
PKTM_OK
PKTY_OK
PRBS_AD
PRMT_ON
RL3_OFF
S1_SIZE0
S1_SIZE1
S1_SIZE2
S1_SIZE3
S1_SIZE4
S10_DT
S11_DT
S12_DT
S13_DT
S13_ON
S14_DT
S14_ON
S15_DT
S2_SIZE0
S2_SIZE1
S2_SIZE2
S2_SIZE3
S2_SIZE4
S20_Y
S20_M
S22_C
S23_Bk
S24_DT
S25_DT
S26_DT
S27_DT
S28_DT
S29_DT
S3_DT
S30_DT
S31_DT
S32_DT
S33_DT
S4_DT
S46_SIZE
Drum unit ROM-Bk control signal

Drum unit ROM-M control signal
Drum unit ROM-Y control signal
Drum unit-Bk connection signal
Drum unit-M connection signal
Drum unit-Y connection signal
High-voltage output monitor signal
DC power ON signal
RL3 drive signal
Cassette 1 size detection signal 0
Cassette 2 pickup detection signal
Vertical path paper detection signal
Pre-registration paper detection signal
Transparency detection signal (front)
Transparency sensor drive signal (front)
Transparency detection signal (rear)
Transparency sensor drive signal (rear)
Manual fee paper signal
Toner level Y detection signal
Toner level M detection signal
Toner level C detection signal
Toner level Bk detection signal
Web length detection signal
Fixing assembly inlet detection signal
Fixing assembly inlet arch detection signal
Internal delivery detection signal
External delivery detection signal
Delivery vertical path detection signal
Cassette 1 paper detection signal
Duplex unit inlet paper detection signal
Re-pickup detection signal
Side registration detection signal
Duplex unit lower paper detection signal
Multifeeder paper width detection signal
A-7P
Appendix_A5-3.p65
00/10/24, 19:04
APPENDIX
S49_DT
S5_DT
S50_DT
S51_DT
S52_DT
S55_DT
S56_DT
S6_DT
S7_DT
S8_DT
S9_DT
SHUT_OFF
SL_DC
SL1_ON
SL2_ON
SL4_ON
SL5_ON
SLED_SNS
SPAC_DA
SPAC_ON
SSR2_OFF
SW_CUT_OK
TH_MAIN
TH_SUB
TH_OK
TMP
TMP_CHG
TONER
TR_AD
TRUNIT_OK
YD0
YD1
YD2
YD3
YD4
YD5
YD6
YFAI-1
YFAI-2
YFAI-S
YFAI-I
YSCLK
YSRST
YVGA
Transfer swing detection signal 1

Cassette 1 paper level H detection signal
Transfer belt home position detection signal
Post-registrant paper detection signal
Vertical path door open/closed detection signal
Delivery door open/closed detection signal
Cassette 1 paper level L detection signal
Cassette 1 pickup signal
Main power switch OFF signal
Exposure LED-DC bias output signal
Pickup solenoid drive signal
Manual feed holding plate locking solenoid drive signal
Web solenoid drive signal
Delivery flapper solenoid drive signal
Exposure LED connection detection signal
Separate high-voltage D/A output signal
Separation AC high-voltage output signal
SSR2 drive signal
Switch PCB connection detection signal
Main thermistor detection signal
Sub thermistor detection signal
Thermistor connection detection signal
Temperature detection signal
Environment sensor sensitivity switch signal
Waste toner case full detection signal
Transfer high-voltage monitor signal
Transfer high-voltage PCB connection signal
Exposure LED-Y image data signal 0
Exposure LED-Y control signal 1
Exposure LED-Y control signal 2
Exposure LED-Y control signal S
Exposure LED-Y control signal I
Y image data input sync clock signal
Y image data latch signal
Y-LED chip ground signal
A-8P
Appendix_A5-3.p65
00/10/24, 19:04
APPENDIX
2.1.2 Cassette Pedestal

CL24_ON
M18_A
M18_B
M18_I0
M18_I1
M19_LCK
M19_ON
M19_SEL
S34_SIZE0
S34_SIZE1
S34_SIZE2
S34_SIZE3
S34_SIZE4
S35_SIZE0
S35_SIZE1
S35_SIZE2
S35_SIZE3
S35_SIZE4
S36_DT
S37_DT
S38_DT
S39_DT
S40_DT
S41_DT
S42_DT
S43_DT
S44_DT
S45_DT
SL6_ON
Pickup clutch drive signal

Pickup motor drive signal A
Pickup motor drive signal B
Pedestal main motor clock detection signal
Pedestal main motor drive signal
Pedestal main motor drive higher speed signal
Cassette 3 paper level 1 detection signal
Right door open/closed detection signal
Pickup solenoid drive signal
2.2 Abbreviations
LSTR
PINTR
PRINT
PSTBY
WMUP
Last rotation
Printer initial multiple rotation
Print
Printer standby
Warm-up
A-9P
Appendix_A5-3.p65
00/10/24, 19:04
APPENDIX
A-10P
Appendix_A5-3.p65
10
00/10/24, 19:04
3 Printer Unit General Circuit Diagram
NC12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
3
2
1
3
2
1
2
1
2
1
1
2
3
6
5
4
3
2
1
1
2
3
4
5
6
4
3
2
1
1
2
3
4
J6363L
J6366L
J6363H
J6366H
J6357D
J6364D
J6366D
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
4
3
2
1
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
GND
S12_DT
+5V
GND
S15_DT
+5V
+24V
SL2_ON*
+24V
EXTRACT_CL
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
GND
S1_SIZE0
S1_SIZE1
S1_SIZE2
S1_SIZE3
S1_SIZE4
GND
S2_SIZE0
S2_SIZE1
S2_SIZE2
S2_SIZE3
S2_SIZE4
NC
1 (RESERV_FAN_ON)
2 (LCK)
3 (GND)
+24V
CL5_Y_ON*
+24V
CL7_M_ON*
+24V
CL9_C_ON*
+24V
CL11_Bk_ON*
+24V
CL6_Y_ON*
NC
+24V
CL8_M_ON*
NC
+24V
CL10_C_ON*
NC
+24V
CL12_Bk_ON*
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
J319
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
NC 2
NC 1
NC 4
TM-1SENS*3
GND
2
TONE_RM 1
5
4
3
2
1
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
2
1
6
5
4
3
2
1
2
1
6
5
4
3
2
1
J6585
3
2
1
3
2
1
GND
+5V
+5V
GND
TNRFULL-SENS
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
NC
GND
S23_Bk
+5V
M10_Bk_A
M10_Bk_A*
+24V
+24V
M10_Bk_B
M10_Bk_B*
+24V
M14_Bk_ON*
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
2
1
6
5
4
3
2
1
M
M8
Hopper
motor Y
M12
Cartridge
motor Y
S22
Toner level
sensor C
Hopper unit M
J6586
J6586H
J6585H
J6584
M9
Hoper
motor C
M13
Cartridge
motor C
S23
Toner level
sensor Bk
Hopper unit C
M10
Hopper
motor Bk
M14
Cartridge
motor Bk
Hopper unit Bk
M6
M5_C_ENCC
+5V
M5_C_ENCB
M5_C_ENCA
GND
M6_Bk_ENCC
+5V
M6_Bk_ENCB
M6_Bk_ENCA
GND
M6_Bk_PLSB
NC
GND
M6_Bk_PLSA
GND
ENC
GND
CLK
RESET*
TXD
RXD
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
1
2
3
4
5
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
NC 6
5
4
3
2
1
M5_C_PLSB
NC
GND
NC
M5_C_PLSA
NC 6
5
4
3
2
1
1
NC 2
3
NC 4
5
M4_M_PLSA
J6407
1
2
3
4
5
J6408
1
NC 2
3
NC 4
5
J6406
M4_M_PLSB
NC
GND
J6405
1
2
3
4
5
NC 6
5
4
3
2
1
NC 1
NC 2
GND
3
S31_DT 4
+5V
5
GND
6
S32_DT 7
+5V
8
+24V
9
CL21_ON*10
NC 6
5
4
3
2
1
J6403
M3_Y_ENCC
+5V
M3_Y_ENCB
M3_Y_ENCA
GND
M4_M_ENCC
+5V
M4_M_ENCB
M4_M_ENCA
GND
J6404
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
J6402
Drum drive motor K
M5
1
NC 2
3
NC 4
5
M4
M3_Y_PLSB
NC
GND
NC
M3_Y_PLSA
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
+24V
1
+24V
2
M17_A
3
M17_A* 4
M17_B
5
M17_B* 6
+24V
7
CL19_ON* 8
+24V
9
CL20_ON*10
1
NC 2
3
NC 4
5
Drum drive motor C
Drum drive motor M
J6401
J6272DA
J6272DWH
J6272DB
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
CCVCNT
CCV_CONE*
+5V
GND
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
J6508
J6504
TH2
Sub
thermistor
S25
Fixing assembly
inlet sensor
TH1
Main
thermistor
S24
Web
level sensor
1
2
3
4
5
6
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
COIN_ROBO
J6272LA
J6272LWH
GND
S30_DT
+5V
GND
S33_DT
+5V
S26
Fixing assembly
inlet arch sensor
J6582
J6582H
3
2
1
S27
Internal
delivery
sensor
M3
J6272H
J6272LB
1
2
1
2
3
4
1 GND
2 +24V
GND
1
AST_RXD32
AST_TXD3 3
AST_P60 4
+5V
5
GND
6
2
1
Post-registration
sensor
S52
CL
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11 +24V_COIN 2
12 GND_COIN 1
J6610L
J6505L
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
J6505H
J6506L
1
2
SW3
Front door switch
J6509
J6581
J6581H
J6580
J301
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
J6506H
3
2
1
SW5
Fixing assembly
door switch
3
2
1
SW6
Face-down
interlock switch
CL2
Pickup
clutch
SL
SL4
Web
solenoid
S21
Toner level
sensor Y
Hoper unit Y
J6286D
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
1
2
3
4
5
6
S11
Vertical path
sensor
J6510
1
2
3
2
1
3
2
1
S55
Vertical path
door open/
closed sensor
3
2
1
J6517L
J6353
J6505D
J6517H
J6352
M11
Cartridge
motor Y
Drum drive motor Y
J6506D
2
1
FT201
FT202
FT203
FT204
FT205
FT206
FT207
FT208
2
1
3
2
1
FT209
FT210
J6517D
J6352H
J6354
J6286H
4
3
2
1
3
2
1
3
2
1
1
2
3
2
1
J6507H
J6355L
J6578
J6578H
M7
Hopper
motor Y
J6507D
J6507L
J6356
J6286L
J6284D
1
2
3
J6612L
S20
Toner level
sensor Y
2
1
J6512L
4
5
J6512H
J6515F
2
1
J6515M
J6516F
6
7
J6516M
J6513L
J6577
J6777H
J6576
J6284L
8
9
J6513H
J6525L
J6574
J6574H
J310
J6285D
10 NC
J6525H
3
2
1
J6513D
3
2
1
1 NC
2 NC
3
6
4
5
5
4
6
3
7
2
8
1
9
10
11
2
1
1
2
3
J6355H
J6512D
J6525D
GND
S22_C
+5V
M9_C_A
M9_C_A*
+24V
+24V
M9_C_B
M9_C_B*
+24V
M13_C_ON*
NC
GND
1
S21_M
2
+5V
3
M8_M_A
4
M8_M_A*
5
+24V
6
+24V
7
M8_M_B
8
M8_M_B*
9
+24V
10
M12_M_ON* 11
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
J6573
J6573H
J6572
J6285H
J6284H
J6351H
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
J6583L
3
2
1
J6274D
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
GND
1
S20_Y
2
+5V
3
M7_Y_A
4
M7_Y_A*
5
+24V
6
+24V
7
M7_Y_B
8
M7_Y_B*
9
+24V
10
M11_Y_ON* 11
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
J6579L
1
2
3
4
5
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
J6608L
J6583H
J6571L
2
1
J6274H
J6277D
J315
B12
J6583D
6
5
4
3
2
1
J6277H
J6281D
J6285L
A12
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
Control Cad-IV
J6603F
MT343 J6603F
4
3
2
1
J6603M
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
18
17
16
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
EXUNIT_SENS13
GND
12
GND
11
S29_DT
10
+5V
9
GND
8
S28_DT
7
+5V
6
+24V
5
SL5_ON*
4
FM7_LCK
3
GND
2
FM7_ON
1
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
+24V
+5V
GND
E10_FEED_CL
E10_AROL_SL
E10_FEDM_A
E10_FEDM_B
E10_FEDM_10
E10_FEDM_11
E10_UCSTUM_SENS
E10_LCSTUM_SENS
NC
E10_UPAPRL_SENS
E10_UPAPRH_SENS
E10_LPAPRL_SENS
E10_LPAPRH_SENS
E10_URTRY_SENS
E10_LRTRY_SENS
J6281H
J5104MB
J5104MA
B11
J6579H
3
2
1
J6601LA
J6601LWH A15
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
+24V
CL17_ON*
+24V
CL18_ON*
+24V
CL15_ON*
+24V
CL16_ON*
GND
REVUNIT_OK
+5V
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
Control panel PCB
J6602L
J6601LB
J6602H
B15
J6602D
J6601DB
B15
A15
J6601DA
J6613LA
J6601DWH
J6601H
J6614L
J6613LB
J6614H
J6613LWH A15
B15
J6614D
J6357L
J6357H
J307WH
J307A J307B
J6579D
3
2
1
Card Reader-B1
J6277L
J6274L
6
5
4
3
2
1
11
J6613DB
J6367D
J306
J6571H
4
3
2
1
10
B15
J399
J6571D
1
2
3
2
1
1
2
3
4
5
6
J6281L
J5104FB
11
MT342
J6276
J6273
1
2
3
4
J6608H
J6278
1
2
3
4
J6608D
J6279
2
1
J6607L
J276H
3
2
1
J6607H
J6275
J278H
2
1
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
1
2
MT341
S31
Re-pickup
sensor
CL
J6280
J279H
1
2
3
1
2
3
1
2
3
4
5
6
NC 1
J6607D
J6501L
NC 11
NC 10
Copy Data Controller-A1
J6502L
J6351D
1
2
3
J6610H
J6503L
CL
S32 Side
registration
sensor
3
2
1
J6511L
CL21
Re-pickup
clutch
M17 Side
registration
motor
3
2
1
J6514D
CL19
Duplex equal
speed feed
clutch
3
2
1
J6501H
3
2
1
J6502H
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
J6606L
CL
J6503H
J5104FA
J6355D
GND
10
+5V
9
COIN_CONNECT* 8
COIN_CCVCNT
7
GND
6
+5V
5
COIN_ASTCNT
4
COIN_TXD
3
COIN_RXD
2
GND
1
1 +24V
2 GND
J6610D
CL20
Duplex double
speed feed
clutch
S30
Duplex unit
inlet sensor
J6282
J6501D
J6511H
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
J6606H
J6502D
10
4
3
2
1
A15
J6456D
A11
3
2
1
6
5
4
3
2
1
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
J6606D
GND
S25_DT
+5V
GND
S26_DT
+5V
GND
S27_DT
+5V
J6613DA
J6364D
J6553D
J308WH
J308A J308B
J6514H
1
2
3
4
5
6
J6604L
J6358D
J6553H
J321
1 GND
2 S24_DT
3 +5V
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
6
5
4
3
2
1
J6503D
J6511D
J6514L
1
2
3
J6604H
J6451D
J313
+24V
SL4_ON*
GND
FRNTDR*
GND
FIXDR*
3
2
1
J6604D
J311
S33
Duplex unit
lower sensor
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
J6612H
J6456L
J6456H
J302
J314
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
J6612D
J316
1
2
3
4
5
6
J6613DWH
J6613H
J317
4
3
2
1
2
1
1
2
J226
J312
J303
J318
2
1
1
2
J223
GND
1
ECO_CONNECT* 2
GND
3
ECO_DAIN
4
ECO_DAOUT
5
GND
6
ECO_SK
7
ECO_CS
8
GND
9
+5V
10
B15
J3901
ECO2 PCB
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
A15
J6367H
Serial driver PCB
3
2
1
J229
J320
FM1_LCK 1
GND
2
FM1_ON 3
FM4_ON 4
GND
5
FM4_LCK 6
FM2_LCK 7
GND
8
FM2_ON 9
+24V
10
CL14_ON* 11
+24V
12
CL22_ON* 13
J309
M16_SPDB 1
M16_SPDA 2
M16_LCK 3
M16_ON 4
GND
5
+5V
6
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
J304
M2_SPDB1
M2_SPDA 2
M2_LCK 3
M2_ON 4
GND
5
+5V
6
GND
7
S49_DT 8
+5V
9
GND
10
S50_DT 11
+5V
12
+24V
CL23_ON*
+24V
CL13_ON*
+24V
CL4_ON*
FM10_LCK
GND
FM10_ON
J227WH
J227AJ227B
J6563D
+24V
SHUF_OFF
+24V
CL2_ON*
GND
S11_DT
+5V
GND
S55_DT
+5V
GND
S52_DT
+5V
J214
J6563L
J6563H
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
J225
J6555L
J6555D
1
2
3
J207
J6367L
J6364H
J6551H
3
2
1
J502B
Fixing assembly unit
J502A
J502WH
J503
Vertical path unit

J601
Duplex drive PCB
3
2
1
J203
J206
J6364D
J6551D
J6555H
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
DIMM
J6358L
J6358H
J6551L
J6351L
+5V
+5V
GND
GND
+3.3V
GND
+5VAN
+5VAN
GND
GND
+12VAN
GND
J6451L
J6451H
J1420
1
2
3
4
5
6
3
2
1
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
J6564D
GND_CCX
+24V_CCX
GND_COIN
+24V_COIN
DIMM
J1601
J6553L
J1410
J6362
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
S8
OHP
Transparency
sensor (rear)
S14
OHPR
P
S
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
J6556D
J6370L
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
J1470-2
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
J6564L
J6564H
J6370H
+3.3VAN
+3.3VAN
GND
GND
J1470-1
J6460
OHP
Transparency
sensor (front)
S13
OHPF
P
S
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
1 NC
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
J6556L
J6556H
J6370D
1
2
3
4
J6459
LOWER
3
2
1
3
2
1
J6458
3
2
1
J6457
3
2
1
J6455
UPPER
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
J1604
J1607
Pickup assembly PCB
S6
S7
S5
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
J6565D
J6360
J6460H
6
5
4
3
2
1
J6470D
J6565H
J6557D
J6359
Manual feed holding Manual feed Manual feed paper

plate locking solenoid clutch
width sensor
S46
CL3
SL2
SL
CL
J6361H
J6365
J6362H
J6361
6
5
4
3
2
1
J6462D
J6557H
CL
J6459H
6
5
4
3
2
1
J1603
3
2
1
J6565L
CL
J6458H
3
2
1
J6454
J6457H
2
1
J6453
J6455H
2
1
J1605
J6452
J6454H
2
1
J1608
J6453H
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
J6470H
6
5
4
3
2
1
J1602
S4
J6557L
CL
Manual feed
paper sensor
S15
6
5
4
3
2
1
CL
Pre-registration
sensor
S12
Injection
cylinder
clutch Bk
CL12
1
2
3
4
5
6
J6519D
J6521D
5
4
3
2
1
CL
Injection
cylinder
clutch C
CL10
3
2
1
3
2
1
J6521H
CL
CL
Injection
cylinder
clutch M
CL8
6
5
4
3
2
1
1
2
3
J6519H
J6521L
Injection
cylinder
clutch Y
CL6
1
2
3
4
5
6
J6519L
J6452H
2
1
J6520
1 GND
2 UCSTUM_SENS
3 +5V
J6522
Developing
cylinder
clutch Bk
CL11
J6526
1 GND
2 LRTRY_SENS
3 +5V
J6523
Developing
cylinder
clutch C
CL9
3
2
1
J1606
Developing
cylinder
clutch M
CL7
1
2
3
4
Developing
cylinder
clutch Y
CL5
S3
3
2
1
SL
S10
1 GND
2 URTRY_SENS
3 +5V
J6524
J6462H
1
2
3
4
5
SL1
CL
1
2 NC
3 NC
4 +24V
3
2
1
J6470L
2
1
J6520H
J6462L
2
1
CL1
1
2
3
2
1
M1
3
2
1
6
5
4
3
2
1
1
2
3
4
5
6
2
1
S9
3
2
1
J6522H
3
2
1
J6561
J6523H
2
1
J6560
6
5
4
3
2
1
J6558
FM1
Fixing fan
J6524H
3
2
1 NC
J6559
J6461
2
1
J6561H
2
1
J6560H
FM4 Machine
cooling fan
CL
J6518
1
2
3
J6559H
2
1
J6558H
3
2
1
J6570
M16
FM2
Delivery fan
1
2 NC
3 NC
4 +24V
J6569
Delivery main motor
CL14
Fixing clutch
A
A*
B
B*
J6570H
2
1
3
2
1
J6569H
Pickup main motor

M2
CL22
Fixing double
speed clutch
1
2
3
4
J6558
3
2
1
3
2
1
J6566
J6469
J6562
S49 Transfer
swing
sensor 1
Manual feed tray unit

Pre-registration sensor unit
Kit drive unit
Pickup unit
CL
J6467
CL
CL
J6467H
CL
CL
J6466
CL
FM7
J6466H
CL
S29
S50 Transfer
swing
sensor 2
J6465
CL16
SL23 Transfer
swing
clutch
J6465H
CL15
SL13 Pickup
double-sped
clutch
J6464
CL18
SL4
Registration
clutch
FM10
Kit drive
cooling fan
Transfer swing
sensor unit
J6463
CL17
External
delivery
double
speed clutch
Transfer swing
sensor unit
CL
Reversing
assembly
double speed
clutch
Registration
drive unit
De-curling
fan
3
2
1
Reversing
assembly
CW clutch
Delivery
flapper
solenoid
SL5
SL
External
delivery
sensor
S28
3
2
1
Reversing
assembly
CCW clutch
Delivery vertical
path sensor
Delivery door
open/closed
sensor
S56
CL
Face-down delivery unit

Face-down delivery drive unit
J606
J602
J603
J609
J607
J604
J6102D
NC
GND
10
B2_PLS 9
B1_PLS 8
A2_PLS 7
A1_PLS 6
GND
5
ENC_C 4
LED_ON 3
ENC_A 2
ENC_B 1
+5V
GND
+24V
GND
System controller PCB
J605
1
2
3
4
J205
J608
NC
J1101
J1102
J1116
J6409M
J6409MA
FT181
A16 B16
4
3
2
1
1
2
3
4
J222
+24V
GND
+5V
GND
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
J1115
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
+24V
+24V
GND
GND
+5V
GND
+24V
SHUT_OFF
1
2
3
4
J1122
+24V
+24V
GND
GND
+5V
+5V
GND
GND
GND
+24V
GND
+24V
1
2
3
4
J1107
1
2
3
4
+3.3VAN
+3.3VAN
GND
GND
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
J6409MWH
J6409FB
J6409FA
J6409F
MT269
FT182
A16 B16
4
3
2
1
J221
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
Counter ROM
Drum drive AC generation PCB
+24V_TR
GND5_TR
+5V_TR
GND24_TR
+5V
+5V
GND
GND
+3.3V
GND
+5VAN
+5VAN
GND
GND
+12VAN
GND
Flash ROM
J501
J505
J6102L
1
2
3
4
J204
DIMM
J6102H
MT270
J6409MB
J6409FWH
J1113
SW4
FT184
+5V_TR
FT185
FT183
+24V_TR
J208
Reader I/F PCB
Power supply PCB
FT186
2-cassette
pedestal
J4104
J4103
J4102
J6410
M15
J4101
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
16
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
2
1
J6418
S
WTS2
Waste toner sensor
J6416F
1
2
3
4
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
1 +12V
1
2 TONER_MON 2
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
J6411
Image formation high-voltage PCB
J6315FB
J6416M
1
2
3
4
GND 1
+24V 2
GND 3
+5V 4
J4203
J4206
J4202
J4204
T801
8 NC
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
+5VS
+5VS
+5VS
+5VS
GNDS
GNDS
GNDS
GNDS
J6409FB_16
J6409FB_15
J6409FB_14
J6409FB_13
J6409FB_12
J6409FB_11
J6409FB_10
J6409FB_9
J6409FB_8
J6409FB_7
J6409FB_6
J6409FB_5
J6409FB_4
J6409FB_3
J6409FB_2
J6409FB_1
1
2
1 NC
2
3
4
5
6
7 NC
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
5
4
3
2
1
WTS1
J4109
J1431
P
J6417L
TM-1SENS*
GND
TM-ON
TM-OPEN
GND
TR_HP_SENS
DALD2
DACLK
DADT3
ANSW_SEL0
AMSW_SEL1
TRUNIT_OK*
COPY_RMT
GND
TR_AD
GND
J4105
J6417H
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
M16
J4108
J6417D
1
2
M2
J4106
J1430
J6414L
J6414H
J6414D
1 GND
3
2 S51_DT 2
3 +5V
1
J6153
Transfer belt
sensor
S51
J4201
DEV
INJEC M3
M3
1
2
3
NC
GND
+5V
+5V
GND
TONER
NC
SUB
M3
1
2
DEV
INJEC M3
M3
GND
M15_ENC_A
M15_ENC_B
+5V
M15_ENC_C
NC
1
NC 2
3
NC 4
5
SUB
M3
1
2
3
4
5
DEV
INJEC M3
M3
J6413D
J703
B_PLS_OUT
NC
A_PLS_OUT
NC
GND
1
2
3
4
1
2
3
4
GND
+24V
GND
+5V
1
2
3
4
1
2
1
2
3
2
1
4 +5V
3 +24V
2 GND
1
J6415D
J6413H
1
2
3
4
5
6
1
2
3
4
+38V
+38V
GND
GND
3
2
1
1
2
2
1
SUB
M3
DEV
INJEC M3
M3
C
J6152
J702
Transfer drive AC generation PC
5
NC 4
3
NC 2
1
MAIN_ERR
MAIN_ON
SUB_ON
SUB_ERR
GND
NC
GND_U
GND24_TR
+24VU
NC
+24VU
NC
GND_U
GND5_TR
+5VD
NC
+5V_TR
2
1
+24VF
GNDF
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
MAIN_ERR
MAIN_ON
SUB_ON
SUB_ERR
GND
FRK_ON
GND
J12
5
NC 4
3
NC 2
1
J13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
PRMT_ON
GND
ACLINE_OFF*
GND
+24V
SHUT_OFF
SW CUT_OK
1
2
3
4
5
6
6
5
4
3
2
1
1
2
3
4
5
6
M3
SLED
5
NC 4
3
NC 2
1
J202
HF 80
A B
M3
SLED
5
NC 4
3
NC 2
1
4
3
2
1
J210
HF 82
A B
SLED_HV
SLED_HV
SLED_HV
SLED_HV
J6201M
MT221
J6315F
J6
Separation highvoltage PCB
1
2
3
4
5
6
J1
M3
SLED
J6415H
J6413L
J6371F
M3
SUB
M3
MT253
J6313F
DC power supply PCB
J6372F
SLED
J6201F
J6313M
J4
J3
J6373F
J704
J6368F
J6105F
J6374F
J6415L
J701
J6368M
J6105M
6
5
4
3
2
1
J2
1
2 NC
3
T401
T301
T201
T101
J4107
NC 20
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
M4
MT275
B19
Transfer unit
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
J1511A J1511B
J1511WH
J6319FB
Power supply
cooling fan
FM06
P3 P4
P1 P2
P1 P2
1
2
2
3
3
4
4
5
5
6
6
7
7
P3 P4
P3 P4
P1 P2
P1 P2
7
7
3
2
1
SD2
6
5
4
3
2
1
1
2
3
GND
DATA
GND
CLK
GND
DATA
GND
CLK
GND
+5V
S46_SIZE
GND
S13_ON
S13_DT
GND
S14_ON
S14_DT
GND
UA_RXD
UA_TXD
RESET*
UA_SCK
GND
TR_ENC
GND
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
TMP_CHG
GND
HUM
TMP
+24VF
GND
1
2
3
4
5
6
TH_MAIN
GND
TH_SUB
GND
GND
THM_OK
1
2
3
4
5
6
1
2
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
TM-OPEN
GND
TR_HP_SENS
DALD2
DACLK
DADT3
ANSW_SEL0
AMSW_SEL1
TRUNIT_OK*
COPY_RMT
GND
TR_AD
GND
+24VAN
GND
FM6_ON
GND
FM6_LCK
NC
1
NC 2
3
RL3_OFF 1
SSR2_OFF 2
GND
3
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
H1_ERR
H1_ON
H2_ON
H2_ERR
GND
FRK_ON
GND
3
2
1
1
2
FT151 1
2
FT152
1
2
3
4
5
NC 1
2
1
2 NC 3
3
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
J5109F
J5109M
J5106M
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
J5107F
J5107M
J5109F
J5106M
J5108M
J5109M
J5106F
J5108F
J5106F
CB1
FT37
FT11
1 GND
3
2
2 NC
3 RLCHK24V 1
FT38
J5105M
J5105F
J5102M
J5102M
J5102F
FT9
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
Parallel
LED Bk
FT7
1
2
3
4
5
6
J5107F
J5107M
J5108F
J5105M
J5108M
P3 P4
FT17
3
2
1
P3 P4
J6287M
P3 P4
FT19
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
6
FT35
FT36
J5104M
J5104F
J6287F
J5103F
SD4 SD1
P1 P2
P3 P4
J5103M
P1 P2
P3 P4
FT28
FT27
FT26
2
1
2
1
SD5
FT12
FT10
J6263H
J6263M
J6252
2
1
FT8
GND<ATR>
+24<ATR>
3 NC
2
1
2
1
EEPROM_Y
1
2
3
4
1
2
3
4
J6254
ATR_M
S17
J6263FA
1
2
NC 3
NC 4
NC 5
NC 6
7
8
9
10
J6253
J6255
PKTCSY
PKT_SK
PKT_DAOUT
PKT_DAIN
J6264M
EEPROM_M
GND<PKT>
PULLUP5V
PKTY_OK
PKTVCC
NC 1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
NC
NC
NC
NC
J6263FB
J6264H
6
5
4
3
2
1
6
5
4
3
2
1
ATR_CNT_Y
ATR_Y
GND<ATR>
+24<ATR>
3 NC
2
1
2
1
S18
J108H
J6264FA
1
2
NC 3
NC 4
NC 5
NC 6
7
8
9
10
J6256
J6258
PKTCSM
PKT_SK
PKT_DAOUT
PKT_DAIN
GND<PKT>
PULLUP5V
PKTM_OK
PKTVCC
NC 1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
NC
NC
NC
NC
J6264FB
J6265M
J6257
ATR_C
J108A
FT20
J108B
7 NC
6
5
4
3
2
1
7 NC
6
5
4
3
2
1
ATR_CNT_M
ATR_M
J6265H
EEPROM_C
1
2
3
4
S19
GND<ATR>
+24<ATR>
3 NC
2
1
2
1
J6260
ATR_K
J109A
J109H
J6265FA
1
2
NC 3
NC 4
NC 5
NC 6
7
8
9
10
J6259
J6261
PKTCSC
PKT_SK
PKT_DAOUT
PKT_DAIN
GND<PKT>
PULLUP5V
PKTC_OK
PKTVCC
NC 1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
NC
NC
NC
NC
J6266M
J6265FB
J6266H
EEPROM_K
1
2
3
4
J3501
ATR_CNT_C
ATR_C
GND<ATR>
+24<ATR>
J6266FA
1
2
NC 3
NC 4
NC 5
NC 6
7
8
9
10
+5V 10
+5V 9
+5V 8
+5V 7
+5V 6
GND 5
GND 4
GND 3
GND 2
GND 1
J3502
LED power supply PCB
SUB(UPPER)
J6262
J6301
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
J3503
MT141MT142
Exposure LED Y
+5V 10
+5V 9
+5V 8
+5V 7
+5V 6
GND 5
GND 4
GND 3
GND 2
GND 1
J3504
J6303
J6302
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
4
3
2
1
J3506
Exposure LED M
J6305
+5V 10
+5V 9
+5V 8
+5V 7
+5V 6
GND 5
GND 4
GND 3
GND 2
GND 1
GNDS
GNDS
+5VS
+5VS
J3505
MT4
Exposure LED C
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
H1
MAIN(UPPER)
H2
FT30
J6304
3 NC
2
1
Exposure LED Bk
J6306
PKTCSK
PKT_SK
PKT_DAOUT
PKT_DAIN
J6308
J109B
J110H
7 NC
6
5
4
3
2
1
J6309L
20
19
18
17
16
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
RL3
J6311L J6310L
NC 1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
SSR2
J6309H
J6312L
NC
NC
NC
NC
SSR1
J6309D
J6311H J6310H
J6266FB
J6269
J6311D J6310D
J6312H
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
J6204
J6312D
J110A
J111H
GND<PKT>
PULLUP5V
PKTK_OK
PKTVCC
J6287F
J6287M
J110B
J111A
FT15
J119
J117
J111B
7 NC
6
5
4
3
2
1
J6270L
20
19
18
17
16
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
FT34
FT33
FT6
MT3
J114
FT18
1
2
3
4
5
FT13
GND
FNS_RXD3
FNS_TXD3
GND
GND
FT16
5
4
3
2
1
OPVCCRMT1
GND
2
FT14
1
2
3
4
5
2
1
J6270H
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
TP1
FT31
FT29
7 NC
6
5
4
3
2
1
1
2
J6270D
J6205L
J6307
MT1
J104
ATR_CNT_K
ATR_K
J6205H
20
19
18
17
16
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
FT32
1
2
3
4
FT126
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
J6103H
4
3
2
1
FT125
J6270L
20
19
18
17
16
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
J6205D
+5V 10
+5V 9
+5V 8
+5V 7
+5V 6
GND 5
GND 4
GND 3
GND 2
GND 1
1
2
3
4
J123
J131H
YVGA
YFAI-I
GND
YFAI-1
GND
YFAI-2
GND
YFAI-S
GND
YSRST
GND
YSCLK
SL_SNS*
YSDATA0
YSDATA1
YSDATA2
YSDATA3
YSDATA4
YSDATA5
YSDATA6
Cassette heater
J6270H
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
1
2
3
4
J105
J131A
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
J6151F
J6151M
H3
J6103D
FT28
1
2
3
4
J131B
J132A
20
19
18
17
16
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
1
2
FT27
J6101F
J132B
200V
MVGA
MFAI-I
GND
MFAI-1
GND
MFAI-2
GND
MFAI-S
GND
MSRST
GND
MSCLK
SLED_SNS*
MSDATA0
MSDATA1
MSDATA2
MSDATA3
MSDATA4
MSDATA5
MSDATA6
H6
GND
GND
+5VS
+5VS
FT2
2
1
J5110F
FT25
J6101M
J122
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
J6316L
J132H
FT124
FT123
J118
J113
J112
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
FT5
J103
20
19
18
17
16
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
<HOT>
<NUT>
200V
3
2
1
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
FT6
ET7 3
2
1
FT26
ECO_SW
SW2
J116
J130
J107
20
19
18
17
16
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
J115
CVGA
CFAI-I
GND
CFAI-1
GND
CFAI-2
GND
CFAI-S
GND
CSRST
GND
CSCLK
SLED_SNS*
CSDATA0
CSDATA1
CSDATA2
CSDATA3
CSDATA4
CSDATA5
CSDATA6
FT5
J6317D
DC controller PCB
FT24
FT22
J106
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
NC
J120
20
19
18
17
16
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
FT4
3
2 NC
1
RL1
J102
J121
KVGA
KFAI-I
GND
KFAI-1
GND
KFAI-2
GND
KFAI-S
GND
KSRST
GND
KSCLK
SLED_SNS*
KSDATA0
KSDATA1
KSDATA2
KSDATA3
KSDATA4
KSDATA5
KSDATA6
FT3
FT21
J6318D
J122
J124
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
FT23
1
2
J6316H
J6283D
Environment heater
H7
1
2
Flash ROM
Cassette heater
2
1
J5110M
1
2
J6316D
J6317H
H3
TP3
1 NC
2
3
4
A20
J125BJ125A
J125WH
B A
HF 80
J134
+24V
NC
+24VRET
+24VRET
+24VRET
NC
DC_RL
AC_RL
ET2
NC 1
2
3
4
B20
1
2
B A
HF 82
J101
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
MT2
1 NC
2
3
4
5
6
J6317L
J6318H
CHOCLK
GND
TXEND2N
TXDATA2
RXLOAD2N
RXDATA2
TXOUTENB2N
200V
1
2
3
4
5
6
J6318L
J6283H
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
ET1
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
J11
SW_CUT
8 NC
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
FT121
H6
20
19
18
17
16
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
FT122
2
1
2
1
1
2
J6283L
SIDEREJI_SENS 1
GND
2
CLK
3
GND
4
DATA
5
GND
6
2SIDE_OK
7
NC 8
2
1
J5110F
GND
DALD1
DACLK1
DADT1
DADT2
ANSW_SEL0
ANSW_SEL1
ANSW_SEL2
GND
SPAC_ON
SPAC_DA
DVAC_Y
DVAC_M
DVAC_C
DVAC_K
SL_DC
COPY_RMT
GND
PRBS_AD
GND
FT44
2
1
TMDA11
1
NC 2
3
FT43
FT42
ET4
1
2
J6206L
H7
1
2
MT222
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
J6206H
3
2
1
2
1
J5110M
3
2 NC
1
SW1
FT41
FT1
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
1
2
3 NC
4
ET7 3
2
1
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
1
2 NC
3
1
3
2 NC 2
1
3
1
2
NC 3
4
ET3
120V & 200V
J6369D
J6369H
J6206D
CHOCLK
GND
TXEND1N
TXDATA1
RXROAD1N
RXDATA1
TXOUTENB1N
NC
1
2
3
4
5
6
J1
TP3
Environment heater
J5111F
OLT1
FT2
J1400
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
NC 8
B20
DC power
supply PCB
J5111M
FT1
20
19
18
17
16
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
A20
J1513A J1513B
J1513WH
200V
J14
<HOT>
<NUT>
Temperature sensor/
Humidity sensor
J6369L
MT274
J6319FA
J6202
Power supply
relay PCB
J6319F
4 NC
3 +24V
2 GND
1
J6314D
PLG1
C-BRADE M-BRADE Y-BRADE
MT273
J6314L
J6314H
120V & 200V
SIZAZU K-BRAD
E
Finisher/Side paper deck
P1 P2
A19
J6204
P1 P2
NC 20
1
2
3
4
5
B20
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
J5
5
4
3
2
1
J224WH
J224AJ224B
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
Switch PCB
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
J6371M
FT136
J6372M
1
FT134
FT135
J6373M
FT132
J6374M
1
FT133
FT131
+38Vs
+24Vs
+24VNonRL
GND
GND
GND
J10
A20
M
R13
1
J6205L
Water toner
motor
M20
J6205H
J6203D
J1104
RL2
J6203H
J1111
SPEC_VALUE 1
J6203L
J1112
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
+5V
+5V
GND
GND
GND
Not used
J1109
1
2
1
2
3
4
5
+38V
GND
+24VNonRL
+24V
GND
GND
+5V
+5V
GND
GND
1
2
3
4
5
6
GND
OVP1
GND
RMT_ON
GND
AC_SENS
GND
GNDF
+24VF
1
2
3
4
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
GND
+12VAN
GND
GND
+5VAN
+5VAN
+5VAN
Not used
Not used
J1118
J1114
+5V
+5V
+5V
GND
GND
GND
+5VAN
GND
+24V_Non_RL
GND
J1117
3
2
1
J1119
+24V
+24V
GND
GND
GND
6
5
4
3
2
1
J1120
1
2
3
4
5
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
GND
+24V
+5VAN
SHUT-DOWN
GND
+24VR
J1105
+5V
+5V
+5V
GND
GND
GND
J209
J1110
1
2
3
4
5
6
PLD board
J1106
+5V OP_CST+5V
+24V OP_CST+24V
GND OP_CSTGND
J1108
J1121
J6251
ATR_Y
S16
A-11P
Appendix_A2-11.p65
11
00/10/16, 14:49
4 Cassette Pedestal General Circuit Diagram

Printer unit
J2001B
1 2 3 4
FG
GND
+24V
+5V
NC
J2001
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
NC
J2000B
1 2 3 4
NC
NC
RXOUTEN*
TXDATA
TXLOAD*
RXDATA
RXEND*
GND
CLOCK
J2000
7 6 5 4 3 2 1
NC
J2000A
A
MT3
M4
MT5
M4
NC
1 2 J2011L
J2011H
2 1 J2011D
1 2 3 4
J650
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
J651
ET1
MT4
ET2
MT2
Pedestal controller PCB
M4
NC
+24V
GND
+38V
J2009
J2009A
8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
J2010
Accessories power
supply PCB
To finisher/sorter
J2010B
Side paper deck

OLT13(120V)
1 2 3 4 5 6
J2017F
(120V/230V)
1 2 3 4 5
NC
NC
NC
PLG12(120V)
PLG13(230V)
PLG14(UK)
PLG15(CA)
4 3 2 1
OLT5(230V)
M5
J2016D
OLT16(230V)
MT7
J2006 3 2 1
FT5
FT7
FT9
FT11
FT6
FT8
FT10
FT12
(100V)
(100V)
CB16
FT16
FT15
(100V)
(230V)
SW11
CB14
FT16
J1602
1 2 3 4
H3
FT18
1 2
M5
FT15
FT17
(230V)
6 5 4 3 2 1
FT17
FT18
FT19
SW13
FT20
1 2
MT8
J2108F
CB17
PLG18
J1603
1 2 3 4
Pedestal heater
(100V)
(120V)
S37
J1604
1 2 3 4
J2003D
J2004D 6 5 4 3 2 1
J2003H
1 2 3 4 5 6 J2003L
J2004H
J2004L
1 2 3 4 5 6
M5
J2019M
1
J2019F
6 5 4 3 2 1
J1740-3
6 5 4 3 2 1
J1740-4
_
M
M18
Pickup motor
S34
J1605
1 2 3
Cassette 4 paper
level L sensor
S40
Cassette 4 paper
level H sensor
J1607
1 2 3
Cassette 4
paper sensor
S44
Vertical path
level sensor
J1608
1 2 3
+5VD
S36_DT
GND
FT14
S41
NC
NC
CB13
FT13
1 2
1 2
MT8
PLG16
CL
CL24
Pickup clutch
+24VU
FT18
SL6_ON*
SW12
NC
NC
FT17
+24VU
J2018F
FT14
Cassette 3 paper
level H sensor
J2018M
FT13
S38
Pedestal pickup PCB
FT4
J2108F
CB15
PLG17
S39
Cassette 3 paper
level L sensor
(120V)
Pedestal main motor
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12
J2002L
CL24_ON*
CB2
Right door
open/closed sensor
J2002H
OLT12
M19
S45
18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
J1601
J2002D 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
M18_A*
M18_A
M18_B*
M18_B
FT3
J2017M
J2017F
1 2
1 2
TWDA1
1 2 3 4 5 6
1 2 3 4 5 6
J2016F
J2016M
PLG11
OLT11
M
_
+24VU
+5VD
GND
VPAS34_CL
VPAS34_SL
M18_A
M18_B
M18_I0
M18_I1
S36_DT
S37_DT
S44_DT
S39_DT
S38_DT
S41_DT
S40_DT
S42_DT
S43_DT
GND
S34_SIZE0
S34_SIZE1
S34_SIZE2
S34_SIZE3
S34_SIZE4
GND
S35_SIZE0
S35_SIZE1
S35_SIZE2
S35_SIZE3
S35_SIZE4
ID34n
1 2
FG
MT1
M5
FT2
J6571 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
J2005L 3 2 1
OLT14(120V)
M5
CB1
J2005D 3 2 1
J2005H
MT6
(120/230V)
FT1
J657
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
SL
SL6
Pickup solenoid
3 2 1
J1606
GND
S43_DT
+5VD
4 3 2 1
CN1
J656
1 2 3
M19_SEL
M19_LCK*
M19_ON*
+24V
+24V
GND
GND
2 1
CN3
NC
CHOCLK
GND
TXEND2N
TXDATA2
RXLOAD2N
RXDATA2
TXOUTENB2N
3 2 1
CN2
J655
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18
GND
S42_DT
+5VD
1 2 3 4
J652
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14
GND
S45_DT
+5VD
GND
REMOTE
NC
GND
+24V
NC
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
FG
FG
GND
(DUMMY)
FNS-TXD3
FNS-RXD3
GND
+24V
GND
M4
J2007 3 2 1
J2008 3 2 1
Q1604
S36
S42
S43
Cassette 3
paper sensor
Cassette 3
pickup sensor
Cassette 4
pickup sensor
S35
A-13P
Appendix_A3-13.p65
13
00/10/16, 14:55
APPENDIX
5 Special Tools
You will need the following special tools in addition to the standard tools set:
No.
Tool name
Tool No.
Rank
Digital multimeter
FY9-2002
Door switch
TKN-0093
Meter extension pin FY9-3038
For making electric

checks (in combination with the digital
multimeter).
Meter extension pin FY9-3039

(L-tipped)
For making electric

checks (in combination with the digital
multimeter).
Environment
sensor checker
For checking the

environment sensor.
TKN-0456
Shape
Uses
For making electrical
checks; e.g., for
adjustment of the
laser intensity in
combination with the
laser power checker.
TA-500-01
A-15P
Appendix_A5-15.p65
15
00/10/16, 14:55
APPENDIX
No.
Tool name
Tool No.
Rank
Environment
measurement PCB
checker
TKN-0457
Shape
For checking the

environment
measurement PCB.
Uses
Mirror positioning
tool (front, rear)
FY9-3040000
For adjusting the

position of the No. 1/
No. 2 mirror (distance; used in combination).
Adjusting spanner
FY9-1027000
For adjusting the level

of the reader unit.
TA-500-02
A-16P
Appendix_A5-15.p65
16
00/10/16, 14:55
APPENDIX
6 Solvents and Oils

No.
Name
Alcohol
Solvent
Heat-resisting
grease
Lubricating oil
Lubricating oil
Drum cleaning
powder
Lubricating oil
7
8
Conducting
grease
Uses
Composition
Cleaning: e.g., glass, Fluoride family hyplastic, rubber; exter- drocarbon, Alcohol,
nal covers
Surface activating
agent, Water
Cleaning: e.g., metal; Fluoride family hyoil stains, toner stains drocarbon, Chlorine
family hydrocarbon,
Alcohol
Lubricating: e.g., fix- Mineral family
ing drive mechanism lithium soap, Molybdenum disulfide
Mineral oil (paraffin
family)
Silicone oil
Lubricating: e.g.,
drive mechanism,
sliding mechanisms
Cleaning: photosen- Cerium oxide
sitive drum
Lubricating: scanner Silicone oil
rail
Polyether,
Lubricating: drum
heater contact
Polytetrafluoroethylene
Remarks
Do not bring near fire.
Procure locally.
Isopropyl alcohol may be
substituted.
Do not bring near fire.
Procure locally.
Tool No.: CK-0427

(500 g/can)
Tool No.: CK-0524 (100 cc)
Tool No.: CK-0551
Tool No.: CK-0429

Tool No.: FY9-6011 (50 cc)
Tool No.: FY9-6008 (10 g)
TA-600-01
A-17P
Appendix_A5-15.p65
17
00/10/16, 14:55
Service Mode
Smode_cover.p65
00/10/19, 14:28
SERVICE MODE
1 Outline
1.1 Construction of Service Mode
The service mode screens have a 3-layer construction: Initial screen, Level 1/Level 2
screen, and Level 3 screen.
User screen
)(2,8)(
Reset key
Initial screen
Reset key
Select an item.
Level 1/Level 2
screen
From
Level 1/
Level 2
screen
Select a Level 1 item at the top of the screen.

Select a Level 2 item from items indicated.
Level 3 screen
Level 3 screen
Previous/
Next page
Level 3 screen
Previous/
Next screen
Level 3 screen
Previous/
Next screen
F00-101-01
S-1
Service_mode_01.p65
00/10/16, 15:00
SERVICE MODE
The machines service mode is classified into the following seven modes:
COPIER
FEEDER
DISPLAY
Control display mode
SORTER
BOARD
I/O
I/O display mode
ADJUST
Adjustment mode
FUNCTION
OPTION
TEST
COUNTER
Operation/inspection mode
Settings mode
Test print mode
Counter mode
F001-101-02
S-2
Service_mode_01.p65
00/10/16, 15:00
SERVICE MODE
1.2 Starting the Service Mode

If you want to operate the machine using its service mode, be sure to disconnect the cable connected to the external controller before starting service
mode.
In particular, if the external controller sends a print job while the copier is
executing a function in service mode, the possible malfunction can at times
damage the copier.
1) Press the asterisk key * on the control panel.
2) Press 2 and 8 on the keypad at the same time.
3) Press the asterisk key * on the control panel.
The above will bring up the following initial screen:
Copier service mode

COPIER
FEEDER
ADF service mode
nIf installed.
Sorter/finisher service mode
nIf installed.
Accessory board service mode

nIf installed.
SORTER
BOARD
F00-102-01
S-3
Service_mode_01.p65
00/10/16, 15:00
SERVICE MODE
1.3 Ending the Service Mode

Press the Reset key once to return to the service mode Initial screen (F00-102-01).
Press the Reset key twice to end the service mode and return to the User (standard)
screen.
If you have used any of the following service modes, be sure to turn off and
then on the main power switch after ending the mode: ADJUST, FUNCTION, OPTION.
1.4 Backing Up the Service Mode

Before shipment from the factory, each machine is adjusted individually, and the adjustment values are recorded on its service labels:
reader controller PCB service label (found behind the reader unit front lower cover)
system controller PCB/DC controller PCB service label (found on the service documentation case behind the printer unit front cover; see the diagram)
If you have replaced the reader controller PCB, system controller PCB, or DC controller
PCB, be sure to detach the EEPROM from each PCB and attach it to the new PCB.
If you have cleared the RAM, on the other hand, the ADJUST and OPTION settings will
all return to the factory settings. If you have made adjustments in the field and changed the
service mode settings during the work, be sure to record the new settings on the service labels. (If an appropriate column is not found on the label, use its blank space.)
Mounting screw
Service documentation case
F00-104-01
S-4
Service_mode_01.p65
00/10/16, 15:00
SERVICE MODE
1.5 Basic Operation

1.5.1 Initial Screen
COPIER
Initial items
FEEDER
Touch an item to
select.
SORTER
BOARD
F00-105-01
1.5.2 Level 1/Level 2 screen
Display
I/O
Adjust
Function
Option
Test
Counter
Level 1 item
Touch an item to
select.
VERSION
USER
ACC-STS
ANALOG
Level 2 item
CST-STS
Touch an item to
select.
JAM
ERR
F00-105-02
S-5
Service_mode_01.p65
00/10/16, 15:00
SERVICE MODE
1.5.3 Level 3 Screen

Page number
Display
I/O
Adjust Function Option
< 1/3 >
<VERSION>
Level 2
item
Test
Counter
< READY >
DC-CON
Machine display
READY:
Servicing/copying operation
ready
JAM:
Paper jam present
SERVICE: Servicing operation under way
WAITING:
Initial rotation or the like
under way
DOOR:
Door open
COPYING: Copying operation under way
ERROR:
Error present
NO TONER: Toner absent
WTNR FUL: Waste toner case full
IP
PANEL
ANAPRO
POWER
Level 3
item
PREV
+/-
NEXT
OK
To previous page
To next page
F00-105-03
Display
I/O
< 1/3 >
<ADJ-XY>
ADJ-X
xxxxx
Press an item to
highlight.
Test
Counter
< READY >
(yyyyy) {aaaaa~bbbbb}
Value input range
Value before
change
Input value
ADJ-X
PREV
NEXT
+/-
OK
To validate input value
To switch between + and Stop
key: press to stop the ongoing operation.
Clear key: press to clear a numeric value.

Start
key: press to make copies without ending the service mode.
F00-105-04
S-6
Service_mode_01.p65
00/10/16, 15:00
SERVICE MODE
COPIER>DISPLAY
2 DISPLAY (status indication mode)

2.1 COPIER/PRINTER
The following figure shows the COPIER>DISPLAY screen:
Display
I/O
VERSION
Adjust
Function
Option
Test
Counter
CCD
USER
ACC-STS
DENS
ANALOG
CST-STS
SENSOR
JAM
MISC
ERR
ALARM-1
F00-201-01
S-7
Service_mode_02.p65
00/10/16, 15:01
SERVICE MODE
COPIER>DISPLAY
<VERSION>
Use it to indicate the ROM version of each PCB (machine and accessory).
EX: <R-CON XX.YY>, while XX indicates a version number and YY, an R&D control
number.
R-CON
Indicates the ROM version of the reader controller PCB.
S-CON
Indicates the ROM version of the system controller PCB.
DC-CON
Indicates the ROM version of the DC controller PCB.
PANEL
Indicates the ROM version of the control penal controller PCB.
ECO
Indicates the ROM version of the ECO PCB.
FEEDER
Indicates the ROM version of the DADF controller PCB.
SORTER
Indicates the ROM version of the sorter controller PCB/finisher controller
PCB.
PS/PCL
Indicates the ROM version of the PDL board.
PS/KANJI
PS
S-8
Service_mode_02.p65
00/10/16, 15:01
SERVICE MODE
COPIER>DISPLAY
<USER>
Use it to make settings related to the indications on the screen of the control panel.
LANGUAGE
Language used/destination of shipment
EX: <LANGUAGE XXYY.ZZ.aa>
XX: country
YY: language
ZZ: 00=CANON, 01=others
aa: 00: AB series, 01=Inch series, 02=A series, 03=all sizes
S-9
Service_mode_02.p65
00/10/16, 15:01
SERVICE MODE
COPIER>DISPLAY
<ACC-STS>
Use it to indicate the state of connection of accessories.
FEEDER
Indicates the state of connection of the feeder.
0: absent, 1: present
SORTER
Indicates the state of connection of the sorter.
0: absent, 1: present.
DECK
Indicates the state of connection of the paper deck.
EDITOR
Indicates the state of connection of the editor.
CARD
Indicates the state of connection of the control card.
0: absent, 1: present (or, shorting connector is connected)
DATA-CON
Indicates the state of connection of the copy data controller.
0: absent, 1: copy data controller present, 2: NE controller present
PCB
Indicates the state of connection of various boards.
1: PDL board, 2: duplex driver PCB (other numerals not used)
S-10
Service_mode_02.p65
10
00/10/16, 15:01
SERVICE MODE
COPIER>DISPLAY
<ANALOG>
Use it to indicate the measurement reading of analog sensors.
TEMP
Indicates the machine inside temperature (by environment sensor).
HUM
Indicates the machine inside humidity (by environment sensor).
ABS-HUM
Indicates the moisture content (by environment sensor).
FIX-C
Indicates the temperature of the fixing roller (by main thermistor).
<CST-STS>
Use it to indicate how the manual feed tray is being used.
WIDTH-MF
Indicates the size and the width (mm) of paper placed on the manual feed
tray.
S-11
Service_mode_02.p65
11
00/10/16, 15:01
SERVICE MODE
COPIER>DISPLAY
<JAM>
Use it to indicate jam data.
Display
I/O

< 1/7 >
< JAM >
Test
Counter
< READY >
AAA BBBB CCCC DDDD EEEE FFff G HHHHHH IIIII

PREV
NEXT
F00-201-02
AAA
Indicates the numbers of jams.
1 to 50 (The higher the number, the older the jam.)
BBBB, CCCC, DDDD

Not used.
E
Indicates the location of the jam.
0: machine, 1: feeder, 2: sorter
FFff
Indicates jam codes.
FF: jam type (T00-201-01), ff: jam sensor (T00-201-02)
S-12
Service_mode_02.p65
12
00/10/16, 15:01
SERVICE MODE
COPIER>DISPLAY
G
Indicates the source of paper. (T00-201-06)
HHHHHH
Indicates the holder for COUNTER>PICKUP.
IIIII
Indicates the size of paper.
S-13
Service_mode_02.p65
13
00/10/16, 15:01
SERVICE MODE
COPIER>DISPLAY
FF: type of jam
Code
01ff
02ff
03ff
10ff
11ff
00ff
Type
Delay jam
Stationary jam
Timing jam
Residual jam at power-on
Front cover open jam
Jam in accessory
T00-201-01
ff: jam sensor
Code
FF01
FF02
FF03
FF04
FF05
FF06
FF07
FF08
FF09
FF20
FF31
FF32
FF33
FF34
FF61
FF62
FF63
FF64
Sensor
Pre-registration sensor (S12)
Cassette 1 pickup senor (S9)
Cassette 2 pickup sensor (S10)
Vertical path paper sensor (S44)
Deck feed sensor (PS106)
Deck pickup sensor (PS101)
Transparency sensor (S13/S14)
Post-registration sensor (S52)
Fixing assembly inlet sensor (S25)
Internal delivery sensor (S27)
External delivery sensor (S28)
Delivery vertical path sensor (S29)
Duplex unit inlet sensor (S30)
Duplex unit lower sensor (S33)
T00-201-02
0231 (jam by wrong paper size setting)
The paper moved to the transfer belt is shorter in feeding length than the one selected.
S-14
Service_mode_02.p65
14
00/10/16, 15:01
SERVICE MODE
COPIER>DISPLAY
Sorter/Finisher/DADF Jam Code

ff: jam sensor (sorter-related)
Code
0003
0004
0006
0007
0008
Sensor
Delivery sensor (PS1)/non-sort path sensor (PI11): feed delay jam
Delivery sensor (PS1)/non-sort path sensor (PI11): feed stationary jam
Stapler jam
Power-on jam
Door open jam
T00-201-03
ff: jam sensor (finisher-related)
Code
0005
0006
0007
0008
0011
0012
0013
0014
0021
0022
0023
0024
0025
Sensor
Timing jam
Stapler jam
Power-on jam
Door open jam
Inlet sensor (PI1): feed delay jam
Buffer path inlet paper sensor (PI17): feed delay jam
Buffer path inlet paper sensor (PI14): feed delay jam
Delivery sensor (PI3): feed delay jam
Inlet sensor (PI1): feed stationary jam
Buffer path inlet paper sensor (PI17): feed stationary jam
Buffer path paper sensor (PI14): feed stationary jam
Delivery sensor (PI3): feed stationary jam
Stapler tray sensor (PI4): feed stationary jam
T00-201-04
S-15
Service_mode_02.p65
15
00/10/16, 15:01
SERVICE MODE
COPIER>DISPLAY
ff: jam sensor (DADF-related)
Code
Sensor
0001
0002
0003
0005
0011
0012
0041
0042
0081
0082
0083
Original tray sensor (S1)/pickup sensor (S7) original extraction

Pickup sensor (S7): pickup delay jam
Registration paper sensor (S3)/pickup sensor (S7): registration delay jam
Pickup sensor (S7): pickup stationary jam
Reversal sensor (S8): reversal sensor delay jam
Reversal sensor (S8): reversal sensor stationary jam
Delivery sensor (S6): delivery sensor delay jam
Delivery sensor (S6): delivery sensor stationary jam
DF open jam (DF in operation)
Upper cover sensor (S4): upper cover open jam (DF in operation)
Original tray paper sensor (S1):when two or more originals are used, the original
tray paper sensor (S1) is off for 2 sec or more after
the pickup motor has turned on.
All sensors: power-on jam
Reversal sensor (S8): residual paper detection
DF open jam (during image scanning)
Upper over sensor (S4): upper cover open jam (during image scanning)
Recirculation sensor (S14): the recirculating lever made an idle swing in spite of
the presence of an original on the original tray.
0084
0088
0091
0092
0093
T00-201-05
G: source of paper
Code
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
Description
Cassette 1
Cassette 2
Cassette 3
Cassette 4
Side paper deck
Manual feed tray
Duplex unit
T00-201-06
S-16
Service_mode_02.p65
16
00/10/16, 15:01
SERVICE MODE
COPIER>DISPLAY
<ERR>
Use it to indicate error data.
Display
I/O

< 1/7 >
< ERR >
Test
Counter
< READY >
AAA BBBB CCCC DDDD EEEE FFff G

PREV
NEXT
F00-201-03
AAA
Indicates the numbers of errors.
1 to 50 (The larger the number, the older the error.)
BBBB, CCCC, DDDD

Not used.
EEEE
Indicates error codes.
See the descriptions in Error Codes.
FFff
Indicates detail codes.
If none, 0000.
S-17
Service_mode_02.p65
17
00/10/16, 15:01
SERVICE MODE
COPIER>DISPLAY
G
Indicates the location.
0: machine, 1: feeder, 2: finisher
S-18
Service_mode_02.p65
18
00/10/16, 15:01
SERVICE MODE
COPIER>DISPLAY
<CCD>
Use it to indicate measurements related to the CCD.
TARGET-B
Indicates the shading target value of BLUE.
If normal, 237.
TARGET-G
Indicates the shading target value of GREEN.
If normal, 237.
TARGET-R
Indicates the shading target value of RED.
If normal, 237.
BOF-B
Indicates the output of the BLUE CCD when the scanning lamp remains
off.
Display <BOF-B xx/yy>
xx:
odd-number bit measurement (if normal, 6 to 9)
yy:
even-number bit measurement (if normal, 6 to 9)
BOF-G
Indicates the output value of the RED CCD when the scanning lamp remains off.
Display <BOF-G xx/yy>
xx:
yy:
BOF-R
Indicates the output value of the RED CCD when the scanning lamp remains off.
Display <BOF-R xx/yy>
xx:
yy:
OFST-OB
Indicates the offset level adjustment value of BLUE for the odd-number bits
of the CCD.
If normal, 1 to 254. If 0 or 255 is indicated, a fault may be suspected in the CCD unit.
S-19
Service_mode_02.p65
19
00/10/16, 15:01
SERVICE MODE
COPIER>DISPLAY
OFST-OG
Indicates the offset level adjustment value of GREEN for the even-number
bits of the CCD.
OFST-OR
Indicates the offset level adjustment value of RED for the odd-number bit
of the CCD.
OFST-EB
Indicates the offset level adjustment value of BLUE for the even-number
bits of the CCD.
OFST-EG
Indicates the offset level adjustment value of GREEN for the even-number
bits of the CCD.
OFST-ER
Indicates the offset level adjustment value of RED for the even-number bits
of the CCD.
GAIN-OB
Indicates the gain level adjustment value of BLUE for the odd-number bits
of the CCD.
If 0 or 255 is indicated, a fault in the lamp or the lamp intensity adjustment may be suspected.
S-20
Service_mode_02.p65
20
00/10/16, 15:01
SERVICE MODE
COPIER>DISPLAY
GAIN-OG
Indicates the gain level adjustment value of GREEN for the odd-number
bits of the CCD.
GAIN-OR
Indicates the gain level adjustment value of RED for the odd-number bits of
the CCD.
GAIN-EB
Indicates the gain level adjustment value of BLUE for the even-number bits
of the CCD.
GAIN-EG
Indicates the gain level adjustment value of GREEN for the even-number
bits of the CCD.
GAIN-ER
Indicates the gain level adjustment value of RED for the even-number bits
of the CCD.
S-21
Service_mode_02.p65
21
00/10/16, 15:01
SERVICE MODE
COPIER>DISPLAY
<DENS>
Use it to indicate the concentration of the developer inside the developing machine.
DENS-Y/M/C/K
Indicates the measurement of the developer concentration.
Indicates the difference from the target value in %.
Optimum: -1.5% to 1.5%
DMAX-Y/M/C/K
Indicates the measurement of the density of solid areas.
Indicates the average of test pattern densities showing the degree of difference from the target value of the solid density read at time of auto gradation
correction in user mode.
Optimum: DMAX-Y: 188 to 245
DMAX-M: 207 to 265
DMAX-C: 227 to 283
DMAX-K: 226 to 284
VRATE-Y/M/C/K
Indicates the correction value of the contrast potential.
Indicates the degree of correction to be made to the contrast potential (in %)
as a result of executing auto gradation correction.
Optimum: 70% to 130%
INIT-SIG-Y/M/C/K
Indicates the density signal level of initial developer.
Indicates the initial developer concentration signal level at last printing
(concentration signal level is corrected to suit the environment and wear).
Optimum: 104 to 188
S-22
Service_mode_02.p65
22
00/10/16, 15:01
SERVICE MODE
COPIER>DISPLAY
<SENSOR>
Use it to indicate the state of sensors.
SC-HP
Indicates the output of the scanner HP sensor.
1: Scanner at HP, 0: Scanner not at HP
WEB
Indicates the output of the web length sensor.
0: Web length alarm not detected, 1: Web length alarm detected
DOC-SZ
Indicates the size of the original detected by the original side sensor.
<MISC>
Use it to indicate other information.
ENV-TR
Indicates the type of environment.
Checks the environment (temperature/humidity) inside the printer unit, and
indicates the type of environment for transfer control.
0: Low humidity environment,
1: Normal humidity environment,
2: High humidity environment
S-23
Service_mode_02.p65
23
00/10/16, 15:01
SERVICE MODE
COPIER>DISPLAY
<ALARM1>
Use it to indicate alarm data.
Display
I/O

< 1/1 >
< ALRM-1 >

DF
00
SORTER
ww xx yy zz
Test
Counter
< READY >
P-KIT-Y
P-KIT-M
P-KIT-C
P-KIT-K
PREV
NEXT
F00-201-04
DF
Indicates an ADF alarm.
For details of codes, see the ADF Service Manual.
SORTER
Indicates a sorter/finisher alarm.
For details of codes, see the Sorter/Finisher Service Manual.
w:
Finisher stapler alarm
xx:
Saddle stitcher stapler alarm
yy:
Stack alarm
zz:
Tray alarm
P-KIT-Y/M/C/K
Drum Unit Wear Index
When a new drum unit is installed, the indication will be 0%. Thereafter,
the percentage indication will increase as wear advances.
S-24
Service_mode_02.p65
24
00/10/16, 15:01
SERVICE MODE
COPIER>DISPLAY
IMG-DT-Y/M/C/K
Use
Reference
Image Ratio of Copy/Print Job (average of past jobs)

This data is used when setting the timing at which the following message is
indicated: Prepare for the Replacement of the Drum Unit and Replace
the Drum Unit.
If the image ratio for copy/print jobs is low, the drum unit will last so much
longer; in this respect, the timing of indication may be delayed for users
making copies/prints with a low image ratio.
CRY-AVE
Use
Reference
Copy/print Job Count (average of past jobs)

This data is used when setting the timing at which the following message is
indicated: Prepare for the Replacement of the Drum Unit and Replace
the Drum Unit.
If the copy/print count is high, the drum unit will last so much longer; in
this respect, the timing of indication may be delayed for users using a high
copy/print count.
S-25
Service_mode_02.p65
25
00/10/16, 15:01
SERVICE MODE
FEEDER/EDITION>DISPLAY
2.2 FEEDER
Use it to indicate items under FEEDER>DISPLAY.
FEEDSIZE
Indicates the side of the original detected.
2.3 EDITOR
Use it to indicate the items under EDITOR>DISPLAY.
ED-X
Indicates the input coordinates in editor sub scanning direction (X) or mm
conversion value. (unit: 0.13 mm, approx.)
ED-Y
Indicates the input coordinates in editor main scanning direction (Y) or mm
conversion values. (unit: 0.13 mm approx.)
S-26
Service_mode_02.p65
26
00/10/16, 15:01
SERVICE MODE
COPIER>I/O
3 I/O (I/O display mode)

The following is the COPIER>I/O screen; for the items (only those needed in the field)
are shown on the next page:
Display
I/O
Adjust
Function
Option
Test
Counter
DC-CON
R-CON
IP
FEEDER
SORTER
S-CON
F00-300-01
<Guide to the Screen>
Display
I/O
<DC-CON>
Adjust
Function
Option
< 1/3 >
Test
Counter
< READY >
P001 xxxxxxxx
P002 xxxxxxxx
P003 xxxxxxxx
P004 xxxxxxxx
P005 xxxxxxxx
P006 xxxxxxxx
P007 xxxxxxxx
P008 xxxxxxxx
bit 0
bit 7
address
F00-300-02
S-27
Service_mode_03.p65
27
00/10/16, 15:01
SERVICE MODE
COPIER>I/O
3.1 DC-CON
DC Controller PCB (1/6)
Address Bit Notation
P001
P002
P003
P004
Description
7
6
5
4
3
2
FM4
S15
S11
S12
S50
Machine cooling fan lock detection signal

Manual feed paper detection signal
Vertical path detection signal
Pre-registration paper detection signal
S49
0
7
6
S55
S9
S5
Vertical path door open/closed detection signal

S6
4
3
2
S3
S10
S7

Cassette 2 paper level detection signal
S8
0
7
6
5
4
3
2
S4
FM2
FM10
M2
S52
WTS2

Delivery fan locked detection signal
Kit drive cooling fan locked detection signal
Pickup main motor locked detection signal
Post-registration paper detection signal
Waste toner full detection signal
1
0
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
FM1
M20
M16
SW3
S2
S2
S2
S2
S2
Fixing fan locked detection signal

Waste toner motor over-current detection signal
Delivery main motor lock detection signal
Front door open/closed detection signal
Remarks
1: Locked (stop)
0: Paper present
0: Paper present
1: Paper present
1: ON (light-blocking
plate present)
plate present)
0: Open
1: Paper present
plate present)
plate present)
0: Paper present
1: Paper present
plate present)
plate present)
0: Paper present
1: Locked (stop)
1: Locked (stop)
1: Locked (stop)
1: Paper present
1: Waste toner case
full or absent
1: Locked (stop)
0: Overcurrent detected
1: Locked (stop)
1: Open
0: ON
0: ON
0: ON
0: ON
0: ON
T00-301-01 (1/6)
S-28
Service_mode_03.p65
28
00/10/16, 15:01
SERVICE MODE
COPIER>I/O
P005
P006
P007
P008
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
FM7
S1
S1
S1
S1
S1
M14
M13
M12
M11
S23
S22
S21
S20
S24
S26
S56
S29
S28
S27
S25
S33
S30
S31
Description
Remarks
De-curling fan lock detection signal

Cartridge motor Bk current detection
Cartridge motor C current detection
Cartridge motor M current detection
Cartridge motor Y current detection
Toner level Bk detection signal
Toner level C detection signal
Toner level M detection signal
Toner level Y detection signal
Web length detection signal
Fixing assembly inlet arch detection signal
Face-down delivery unit release detection signal
Delivery vertical path detection signal
External delivery detection signal
Internal delivery detection signal
Fixing assembly inlet detection signal
Reversal detection signal
Duplexing unit inlet detection signal
Re-pickup detection signal
1: Locked (stop)
0: ON
0: ON
0: ON
0: ON
0: ON
0: Error
0: Error
0: Error
0: Error
1: Toner present
1: Toner present
1: Toner present
1: Toner present
0: Web short
1: Paper present
1: Not installed
1: Paper present
1: Paper present
1: Paper present
1: Paper present
1: Paper present
0: Paper present
1: Paper present
T00-301-01 (2/6)
S-29
Service_mode_03.p65
29
00/10/16, 15:01
SERVICE MODE
COPIER>I/O
P009
P010
P011
P012
Description
Remarks
7
6
S14
PDL connection detection

Transparency sensor rear detection signal
S13
Transparency sensor front detection signal
4
3
2
1
SSR1
TH2
TH1
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
RL2
RL1
SW6
M20
FM6
-
Transfer unit connection detection

Duplex driver PCB connection signal
SSR1 error detection
Fixing sub thermistor high-temperature error
detection signal
Fixing main thermistor high-temperature error
detection signal
Switch PCB (230-V model) connection detection
DC relay OFF detection
AC relay off detection
Face-down delivery unit connection detection
Cartridge Bk detection
Cartridge C detection
Cartridge M detection
Cartridge Y detection
Waste toner motor open circuit detection signal
Fixing unit connection detection
Shut-off detection
Power supply cooing fan lock detection signal
-
0: Connected
0: Paper present (plain
paper)
0: Paper present (plain
paper)
0: Connected
0: Connected
1: Error
1: Error
1: Error
1: Connected
0: OFF
0: OFF
1: Connected
1: Use
1: Use
1: Use
1: Use
1: Open circuit
1: Connected
1: Error
1: Locked (stop)
T00-301-01 (3/6)
S-30
Service_mode_03.p65
30
00/10/16, 15:01
SERVICE MODE
COPIER>I/O
P013
P014
P015
P016
Description
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
7
S51
System controller PCB state detection

Transfer belt HP detection signal
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Serial communication flow (reception)

FROM_BUSY signal
DF original replacement monitor
Serial communication flow (transmission)
-
Remarks
0: Light-blocking
plate present
0: Reception
0: Reset
T00-301-01 (4/6)
S-31
Service_mode_03.p65
31
00/10/16, 15:01
SERVICE MODE
COPIER>I/O
P017
P018
P019
P020
Description
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
7
S35
S35
S35
S34
S34
S34
S34
S34
M19
S45
S44
S35
S35
S40

Pedestal main motor clock detection signal
Right door open/closed detection signal
Cassette pedestal connection detection
S41
S38
S39
3
2
1
0
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
S37
S36
S43
S42
-
Cassette
Cassette
Cassette
Cassette
-
4
3
4
3
paper detection signal

paper detection signal
pickup detection signal
pickup detection signal
Remarks
0: ON
0: ON
0: ON
0: ON
0: ON
0: ON
0: ON
0: ON
1: Locked (stop)
0: Open
1: Paper present
1: Connected
0: ON
0: ON
plate preset)
plate preset)
plate preset)
plate preset)
0: Paper present
0: Paper present
1: Paper present
1: Paper present
T00-301-01 (5/6)
S-32
Service_mode_03.p65
32
00/10/16, 15:01
SERVICE MODE
COPIER>I/O
P021
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
P022
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
P023 to P024
P025
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
PS107
M101
SL101
PS106
PS101
PS104
PS102
SW100
PS109
PS105
SW102
PS108
S32
Description
Remarks
Deck paper supply position detection signal

Deck main motor PLL lock detection signal
Deck pickup roller releasing solenoid drive signal
Deck feed detection signal
Deck pickup detection signal
Deck lifter position detection signal
Deck paper absent detection signal
Compartment open signal
Deck set detection signal 2
Compartment open detection signal
Deck set detection signal
Deck lifter lower limit detection signal
Deck paper level detection signal
Side registration detection signal
1: Paper present
1: Locked (stop)
0: ON
1: Paper present
1: Paper present
1: Pickup position
1: Paper present
0: ON
1: Set
0: Open
1: Set
1: Lower limit
1: Paper prevent
1: HP
T00-301-01 (6/6)
S-33
Service_mode_03.p65
33
00/10/16, 15:01
SERVICE MODE
COPIER>I/O
3.2 R-CON
Reader Controller PCB (1/2)
P001
P002
P003
P004
P005
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
PS6
PS5
PS4
PS3
LA1
FM1
PS2
KSW1
-
Description
Original scanning lamp error signal
Power supply fan rotation detection signal
Copyboard cover open/closed signal
Control key switch signal
-
Remarks
1:
1:
1:
1:
Original
Original
Original
Original
1: Error
0: Rotating
0: Open
0: ON
T00-302-01 (1/2)
S-34
Service_mode_03.p65
34
00/10/16, 15:01
detected
detected
detected
detected
SERVICE MODE
COPIER>I/O
Reader Controller PCB (2/2)
P006
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
P007
P008
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
P009 to P012
P013
0
P014 to P016
LA1
LA1
H1
FM1
TH1
-
Description
Accessories power supply signal
Pre-heating ON signal
Original scanning lamp ON signal
LCD control panel reset signal
Original scanning lamp heater ON signal
LCD control panel back-light ON signal
Original scanning lamp thermistor signal
-
Remarks
0: Supplied
0: ON
0: ON
1: Reset
0: ON
1: Rotating
0: ON
T00-302-01 (2/2)
3.3 IP
AP-IP PCB (1/1)
P001 to P020
Description
Remarks
T00-303-01
S-35
Service_mode_03.p65
35
00/10/16, 15:01
SERVICE MODE
COPIER>I/O
3.4 S-CON
System Controller PCB (1/2)
P001
P002
P003
P004
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Description
CC-IV count
FCT mode
Reader power remote
Reset signal to PDL
Back-light ON signal for VGA
Pre-interrupt
ASSIST connected
CPU check LED
DC-CAN serial communication flow
PDL connection detection
Remarks
1: Count
0: ON
0: Reset
0: ON
1: Connected
1: ON
0: Connected
0: Connected
S-CON power ready (for R-CON)

SCON communication ready (for R-CON)
S-CON communication ready (for DC-CON)
Registration ON request (pre-interrupt to DC-CON)
Communication for PC (ACK_98)
Communication for PC (REQ_98)
Serial communication for PC (reception)
Serial communication for PC (reception)
CC-IV connection detection
EEPROM BUSY signal
ADF monitor output from reader unit
DC-CON serial communication flow
R-CON power ready
S-CON communication ready
DC-CON communication ready
T00-304-01 (1/2)
S-36
Service_mode_03.p65
36
00/10/16, 15:01
SERVICE MODE
COPIER>I/O
System Controller PCB (2/2)
P005
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
P006
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
P007
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
P008
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
P009 to P010
Description
Remarks
VGA LED ON/OFF signal

Reset signal for 1/4 VGA
Serial communication (reception) for VGA
Serial communication for VGA (transmission)
PDL interrupt
DPRAM interrupt (R-CON)
Registration ON check and interrupt by bi-Centronics
Bi-Centronics communication
Bi-Centronics communication
FROM_BUSY signal
200Hz clock output
S-CON address strobe
S-CON read
S-CON high light
S-CON low light
S-CON wait
PDL slave power ready
PDL master power ready
Flash memory for S-CON SC signal
Flash memory for S-CON CS signal
DRAM for S-CON
VGA connected
1: Connected
DRAM for S-CON
-
F00-304-01 (2/2)
S-37
Service_mode_03.p65
37
00/10/16, 15:01
SERVICE MODE
COPIER>I/O
3.5 FEEDER
Feeder (1/2)
P001
P002
P003
P004
P005
Description
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
7
6
5
4
3
M3
SL3
SL1
S7
S6
S7
S14
S5
S13
Belt motor rotation direction signal

Paper deflecting plate solenoid drive signal
Stopper plate solenoid drive signal
Pickup sensor signal
Delivery sensor signal
Pickup sensor signal
Re-circulation sensor signal
Pickup roller sensor
Delivery motor clock sensor signal
S11
Registration roller clock sensor
S9
Feed motor clock sensor signal
S10
Belt motor clock sensor signal
Remarks
1: CW
1: ON
1: ON
1: Original present
1: Original present
1: Original present
1: Original present
1: Original present
1: Light-blocking
plate present
1: Light-blocking
plate present
1: Light-blocking
plate present
1: Light-blocking
plate present
T00-305-01 (1/2)
S-38
Service_mode_03.p65
38
00/10/16, 15:01
SERVICE MODE
COPIER>I/O
Feeder (2/2)
P006
P007
P008
P009
P010
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
M1
M3
SL2
CL
BK
M4
M3
MS1
MS2
S12
SW3
SW2
SW1
DSW1
DSW1
DSW1
DSW1
DSW1
DSW1
DSW1
DSW1
Description
Pickup motor drive signal
Belt motor drive signal
Paper retaining solenoid drive signal
Clutch drive signal
Brake drive signal
Original detection LED signal
Re-circulation motor drive signal
Belt motor rotation direction signal
DADF open/closed switch signal
Upper cover switch signal
Delivery sensor 2 signal
Push switch 3 signal
DSW1-bit8 signal
DSW1-bit7 signal
DSW1-bit6 signal
DSW1-bit5 signal
DSW1-bit4 signal
DSW1-bit3 signal
DSW1-bit2 signal
DSW1-bit1 signal
Remarks
1: ON
1: ON
1: ON
1: ON
1: ON
1: ON
1: ON
1: CW
0: Open
0: Open
1: Original present
1: ON
1: ON
1: ON
1: ON
1: ON
1: ON
1: ON
1: ON
1: ON
1: ON
1: ON
T00-305-01 (2/2)
S-39
Service_mode_03.p65
39
00/10/16, 15:01
SERVICE MODE
COPIER>I/O
3.6 COPIER
Sorter (1/3)
P001
P002
P003
P004
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
SW3
SW2
SW1
SW1
SW1
SW1
SW1
SW1
S3
S4
PI6
PI2
S2
PI7
PI8
PI9
MS5
MS6
Description
push switch 3 signal
push switch 2 signal
SW1-bit6 signal
SW1-bit5 signal
SW1-bit4 signal
SW1-bit3 signal
SW1-bit2 signal
SW1-bit1 signal
Key LED ON signal
Staple absent LED signal
Sorter response (ACK) signal
Sorter request (REQ) signal
Joint sensor signal
Lead cam HP detection signal
24V detection signal
Bin inside paper detection signal
Stapler cover sensor signal
Tapler HP detection signal
Staple edging detection signal
Staple absent detection signal
Cartridge absent detection signal
Remarks
1: ON
1: ON
1: ON
1: ON
1: ON
1: ON
1: ON
1: ON
1: ON
1: ON
1: Connected
1: HP
1: Paper present
1: Open
0: HP
0: Edging
1: Staple absent
1: Cartridge absent
T00-306-01 (1/3)
S-40
Service_mode_03.p65
40
00/10/16, 15:01
SERVICE MODE
COPIER>I/O
Sorter (2/3)
P005
P006
P007
P008
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
PI11
MS1
PI5
MS3
PS1
MS4
MS2
PI3
S1
S1
S1
S1
S1
S1
S1
S1
Description
Host machine response (ACK) signal

Non-sort path paper detection signal
Sorter output (TXD) signal
Sorter input (RXD) signal
Host machine request (REQ) signal
Joint switch signal
Bin unit lower limit detection signal
Stapler safety detection signal
Delivery paper detection signal
Stapler unit swing HP detection signal
Stapler cover switch signal
Guide bar HP detection signal
Bin inside paper sensor LED ON signal
Remarks
1: paper present
1: Connected
0: Lower limit
0: Obstacle present
1: Paper present
1: HP
1: Closed
1: HP
1: ON
1: ON
1: ON
1: ON
1: ON
1: ON
1: ON
1: ON
T00-306-01 (2/3)
S-41
Service_mode_03.p65
41
00/10/16, 15:01
SERVICE MODE
COPIER>I/O
Sorter (3/3)
P009
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
Description
Bin shift motor current detection signal

-
Remarks
Analog
T00-306-01 (3/3)
Finisher (1/4)
P010
P011
P012
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
MS9
PI1
MS4
MS2, 6
MS5
MS3
MS1, 7
M1
M1
M1
M1
M3
M3
M3
-
Description
Stapler connection detection signal
Staple absent detection signal
Inlet paper detection signal
Shutter open detection signal
Swing guide open detecting switch signal
Tray upper limit detecting switch signal
Tray safety switch signal
Front door open detecting switch signal
Feed motor phase A output
Feed motor phase B output
Feed motor phase A* output
Feed motor phase B* output
Alignment motor phase A output
Alignment motor phase B output
Alignment motor current switch-over
-
Remarks
0: Connected
0: Staple present
0: Paper present
1: Closed
0: Closed
1: Upper limit
1: Safe
0: Closed
T00-306-02 (1/4)
S-42
Service_mode_03.p65
42
00/10/16, 15:01
SERVICE MODE
COPIER>I/O
Finisher (2/4)
P013
P014
P015
P016
3
4
5
6
7
0
1
2
3
4
PI9
M1
PI19
-
5
6
7
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
PS1
MS8
PS1
PI5
PI8
PI10
PI16
PI3
PI14
PI17
Description
Remarks
Buffer path paper sensor connector disconnection

detection
Buffer inlet paper sensor connector disconnection
detection
Front door open/closed sensor disconnection
detection
Shift motor clock sensor disconnection detection
LED1 ON signal (*1)
Tray lift motor clock sensor 1
Feed motor clock
Tray lift motor clock sensor 1
Shutter open sensor connector disconnection
detection
Stapler shift motor current witch
Feed motor current switching
Stack detection start signal
Height sensor
Staple cartridge detection
Height sensor clock
Shutter open detection signal
Tray home position detection signal
LED2 ON signal
Delivery motor clock signal
Front door open detection signal
Delivery detection signal
Buffer path paper detection signal
Buffer path inlet paper detection signal
1: Connected
1: Connected
1: Connected
1: Connected
1: ON
1: Connected
0: When ON
0: ON
1: Detection start
1: Cartridge present
1: Open
1: HP
0: ON
0: Open
0: Paper present
1: Paper present
1: Paper present
*1: Common with LED1 on the finisher controller PCB.
T00-306-02 (2/4)
S-43
Service_mode_03.p65
43
00/10/16, 15:01
SERVICE MODE
COPIER>I/O
Finisher (3/4)
P017
P018
P019
P020
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
0
1
2
M2
M2
M5
M2
M5
M5
M4
M4
M6
M6
PI4
PI15
PI21
PI18
PI7
PI6
PI20
TP1
PI1
PI2
PI3
5
6
7
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
PI1
PI2
PI3
SL3
SL4
SL2
SL1
SL5
SL6
Description
Delivery motor PWM
Delivery motor CCW drive output
Tray lift motor PWM
Delivery motor CW drive output
Tray lift motor down drive output
Tray lift motor up drive output
Stapler shift motor phase A output
Stapler shift motor phase B output
Stapler motor CW output
Stapler motor CCW output
Stapler tray detection signal
Joint detection signal
Stapler drive HP signal
Swing guide open detection signal
Stapler HP detection signal
Alignment plate HP detection signal
Staple tip detection signal
Thermal switch signal
Tray 1 paper sensor connector disconnection
detection
detection
detection
Tray1 paper detection signal
Tray 2 paper detection signal
Tray 3 paper detection signal
Buffer outlet solenoid drive signal
Interrupt tray solenoid drive signal
Buffer inlet solenoid drive signal
Flapper solenoid drive signal
Paddle solenoid drive signal
Solenoid timer (full suction) output
Wait solenoid drive signal
Remarks
0: ON
0: CCW
0: ON
0: CW
1: Down
1: Up
1: CW
1: CCW
1: Paper present
1: Connected
0: Open
0: HP
0: HP
0: Staple present
1: Temperature error
1: Connected
1: Connected
1: Connected
0: Paper present
0: Paper present
0: Paper present
1: ON
1: ON
1: ON
1: ON
1: ON
1: ON
T00-306-02 (3/4)
S-44
Service_mode_03.p65
44
00/10/16, 15:01
SERVICE MODE
COPIER>I/O
Finisher (4/4)
P021
P022
P033
P034
P035
P036
3
4
5
6
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
-
Description
Remarks
Alignment guide HP sensor connector

disconnection detection
Stapler tray paper sensor connector disconnection
detection
Tray lift motor clock sensor connector
Joint sensor connector disconnection detection
Stapler drive HP sensor connector disconnection
detection
Tray HP sensor connector disconnection detection
Inlet paper sensor connector disconnection
detection
Swing guide open sensor connector disconnection
detection
Feed motor current switching
24V output open circuit detection (*2)
SW1-1, 2
SW1-3, 4
SW2, 3
1: Connected
1: Connected
1: Connected
1: Connected
1: Connected
1: Connected
1: Connected
1: Connected
0: ON
See T00-306-03.
See T00-306-03.
See T00-306-03.
*2: If 110 or higher, the 24-V power supply is normal.
T00-306-02 (4/4)
Reading
SW1-1,3/SW2
0 to 72
73 to 104
105 to 190
191 to 255
ON
OFF
ON
OFF
SW1-2,4/SW3
ON
ON
OFF
OFF
T00-306-03
S-45
Service_mode_03.p65
45
00/10/16, 15:01
SERVICE MODE
COPIER>I/O
Saddle Stitcher (1/4)
P023
P024
P025
P026
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
0
1
M6S
M6S
M7S
M7S
M2S
M2S
SLIS
SL2S
SL4S
M4S
PI15S
2
3
4
5
6
7
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
PI11S
PI14S
PI5S
PI13S
-
Description
Stitch motor (rear) CW signal

Stitch motor (rear) CCW signal
Stitch motor (front) CW signal
Stitch motor (font) CCW signal
Folding motor CW drive signal
Folding motor CCW drive signal
Flapper drive signal 1
Flapper drive signal 2
Pressure releasing solenoid drive signal
Crescent roller contact solenoid drive signal
Solenoid timer (full suction) output
Paper positioning plate motor power
24V power supply down detection
Paper retaining plate leading edge position
detection signal
Delivery detection signal
Paper fold motor clock sensor
Paper push-on plate motor clock sensor
Paper push-on plate HP detection signal
Alignment guide HP detection signal
Tray HP sensor
-
Remarks
0: CW
0: CCW
0: CW
0: CCW
0: CW
0: CCW
0: ON
0: ON
1: ON
1: ON
0: ON
0: ON
1: Down
1: Leading edge
0: Paper present
1: HP
0: HP
0: HP
T00-306-04 (1/4)
S-46
Service_mode_03.p65
46
00/10/16, 15:01
SERVICE MODE
COPIER>I/O
P027
P028
P029
P030
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
PI14S
PI5S
PI7S
PI16S
PI9S
PI17S
PI12S
PI13S
M4S
M4S
M8S
M1S
M1S
M1S
M1S
M8S
M5S
M5S
M2S
M2S
M3S
M3S
M3S
M5S
Description
Remarks
Paper holding plate HP detection signal

Alignment guide HP detection signal
Paper position plate HP detection signal
Stitcher in/out detection signal
Inlet cover open sensor connector detection
Vertical path paper sensor detection signal
Crescent roller phase detection signal
Guide HP detection signal
Paper positioning plate motor phase A
Paper positioning plate motor phase B
Paper holding plate motor PWM
Feed motor power
Feed motor phase A
Feed motor phase B
Feed motor reference clock
Paper holding plate motor CCW
Alignment motor phase A
Alignment motor phase B
Folding motor PWM
Paper retaining motor CW
Guide plate motor phase A
Guide plate motor phase B
Guide plate motor power
Alignment motor power
1: HP
0: HP
0: HP
0: In
0: Connected
0: Paper present
1: Flag present
0: HP
0: ON
0: CCW
0: CW
0: ON
0: ON
T00-306-04 (2/4)
S-47
Service_mode_03.p65
47
00/10/16, 15:01
SERVICE MODE
COPIER>I/O
P031
2
3
P037
6
7
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
0
PS1S
PS2S
MS1S
MS2S
MS3S
MS2S
MS1S
MS3S
AN0
P038
AN1
P039
AN2
P040
AN3
P041
P042
0
0
AN4
AN5
P043
AN6
P044
AN7
P032
Description
Remarks
Alignment HP sensor connector disconnection

detection
Paper fold HP sensor connector disconnection
detection
Delivery door connector disconnection detection
Front door open/closed sensor connector
Paper push-on plate sensor connector
Paper positioning HP sensor connector
1: Connected
1: Connected
1: Connected
1: Connected
1: Connected
1: Connected
Staple absent sensor (rear)

Staple absent sensor (front)
Inlet door switch
Front door switch
Delivery door switch
Front door switch
Inlet door switch
Delivery door switch
Stitcher staple sensor (rear)
0: Staple absent
0: Staple absent
0: Open
0: Open
0: Open
0: Open
0: Open
0: Open
When 66 or higher,
staple present
Stitcher staple sensor (front)
When 66 or higher,
staple present
Tray paper detection signal
When 80 or higher,
paper present
Inlet cover sensor connector connection detection When 80 or higher,
connected
Not used
Guide HP sensor connector connection detection When 80 or higher,
connected
Stitcher compartment sensor connector
When 80 or higher,
connection signal
connected
Paper push-on plate leading edge position sensor When 80 or higher,
connector connection signal
connected
T00-306-04 (3/4)
S-48
Service_mode_03.p65
48
00/10/16, 15:01
SERVICE MODE
COPIER>I/O
P045
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
DIPSW1
DIPSW1
DIPSW1
DIPSW1
DIPSW1
DIPSW1
DIPSW1
DIPSW1
Description
Remarks
DIPSW1-bit8
DIPSW1-bit7
DIPSW1-bit6
DIPSW1-bit5
DIPSW1-bit4
DIPSW1-bit3
DIPSW1-bit2
DIPSW1-bit1
T00-306-04 (4/4)
S-49
Service_mode_03.p65
49
00/10/16, 15:01
SERVICE MODE
COPIER>ADJUST
4 Adjustment Mode (ADJUST)

4.1 COPIER/PRINTER
Display
I/O
Adjust
Function
BLANK
Option
Counter
HV-ATT
AE
V-COUNT
ADJ-XY
PASCAL
CCD
COLOR
FEED-ADJ
HV-PRI
CST-ADT
IMG-REG
Test
HV-TR
HV-SP
MISC
DENS
F00-400-01
S-50
Service_mode_04.p65
50
00/10/16, 15:02
SERVICE MODE
COPIER>ADJUST
<AE>
Use it to adjust AE mode.
AE-TBL
Settings
Default
Use it to change the setting if you want to improve the reproduction of

characters or fine lines (high-density areas) in AE mode with priority on
speed.
It changes the curve used for processing in text mode to suit the selected
setting.
It is valid only in black-and-white/text mode.
1 to 9 (whole number)
5
A higher setting makes text darker.
BT-TBL
Settings
Default
Use it to change the setting if you want to improve the reproduction of

characters or fine lines (high-density areas) in AE mode with priority on
image quality.
It changes the curve used for processing in text mode to suit the setting.
It is good only in black-and-white/text mode.
1 to 9 (whole number)
5
A higher setting makes text darker.
S-51
Service_mode_04.p65
51
00/10/16, 15:02
SERVICE MODE
COPIER>ADJUST
<ADJ-XY>
Use it to adjust the image read start position.
ADJ-X
Setting
Default
Use it to adjust the scanner image leading edge position (image read start
position in sub scanning direction).
Use it to adjust the distance from the scanner HP sensor to the image read
start position.
0 to 32
Factory setting
A change by 8 shifts the image by 1 mm
Image leading
Vertical
edge sensor
size plate
Copyboard glass
Standard white plate

Lower setting
Higher setting
F00-400-02
ADJ-Y
Setting
Default
Use it to adjust the CCD read start position (image start position in main
scanning direction).
0 to 255
Factory setting
A change by 24 shifts the image by 1 mm.
Lower setting
Higher setting
Rear start position
Original
Vertical size plate
F00-400-03
S-52
Service_mode_04.p65
52
00/10/16, 15:02
SERVICE MODE
COPIER>ADJUST
Use it to adjust the image read start position.
1) Make the following selections: extension mode>shift>keypad input;
then, enter left: 20 mm and bottom: 20 mm.
2) While the <ADJ-XY> screen is on the display, press the Copy Start key.
As shown in the figure, a copy will be made with a shift of about 20
mm.
3) If part of the image is missing, decrease the setting of ADJ-X, ADJ-Y.
4) If part outside the image is copied, decrease the setting of ADJ-X, ADJY.
ADJ-Y
20
20
ADJ-X
F00-400-04
S-53
Service_mode_04.p65
53
00/10/16, 15:02
SERVICE MODE
COPIER>ADJUST
<CCD>
Use it to make CCD-related adjustments.
W-PLT-X/Y/Z
Default
Use it to enter the while level data of the standard white plate.
Factory setting
A-RG/B-RG
Default
Use it to enter the color displacement correction value (correction dependent on the reader unit) in RG sub scanning direction.
Factory setting
A-GB/B-GB
Default
Use it to enter the color displacement correction value (correction dependent on the reader unit) in GB sub scanning direction.
Factory setting
AL-RG
Default
Use it to enter the color displacement correction (correction dependent on

the lens of the CCD unit) in RG sub scanning direction.
Factory setting
AL-GB
Default
Use it to enter the color displacement value (correction dependent on the

lens of the CCD unit) in GB sub scanning direction.
Factory setting
S-54
Service_mode_04.p65
54
00/10/16, 15:02
SERVICE MODE
COPIER>ADJUST
<IMG-REG>
Use it to adjust the image position. (Color displacement may be corrected using <color
displacement correction> in user mode. This mode is intended for entering data after replacing the DC controller PCB.)
REG-H-Y/M/C
Settings
Default
Use it to adjust the image write start position (main scanning direction; in
relation to the LED exposure unit).
It keeps the Bk setting unchanged, while changing other color settings to
suit the Bk setting to correct color displacement.
-70 to +70
Factory setting
An increase by 1 shifts the image toward the rear by a single pixel.
REG-V-Y/M/C
Settings
Default
Use it to adjust (coarse adjustment) the image write start position (sub scanning direction; in relation to the LED exposure unit).
suit the BK setting to correct color displacement.
-48 to +48
Factory setting
An increase by 1 shifts the image toward the trailing edge by a single
pixel.
REG-VS-Y/M/C
Settings
Default
Use it to adjust (fine adjustment) the image start position (sub scanning direction; in relation to the LED exposure unit).
suit the Bk setting to correct color displacement.
-7 to +7
Factory setting
An increase by 1 shifts the image toward the trailing edge by a 1/16 pixel.
S-55
Service_mode_04.p65
55
00/10/16, 15:02
SERVICE MODE
COPIER>ADJUST
<DENS>
Use it to enter a developer density signal level.
SGNL-Y/M/C/K
Settings
Default
Use it to enter the initial density signal level of the developer.

0 to 255
0
SIGG-Y/M/C/K
Settings
Default
Use it to enter the initial density signal gain level of the developer for ATR
control.
0 to 255
0
S-56
Service_mode_04.p65
56
00/10/16, 15:02
SERVICE MODE
COPIER>ADJUST
<BLANK>
Use it to correct a non-image width.
BLANK-T
Settings
Default
Use it to adjust the image mask position (sub scanning direction; in relation
to the LED exposure unit).
1 to 473
Factory setting
An increase by 1 increases the non-image width (leading edge only) by a
single pixel.
BLANK-L
Settings
Default
1 to 473
Factory setting
An increase by 1 increases the non-image width (front edge only) by a
single pixel.
BLANK-R
Settings
Default
Use it to adjust the image mask position (main scanning direction; in relation to the LED exposure unit).
1 to 473
Factory setting
An increase by 1 increases the non-image width (rear edge only) by a
single pixel.
BLANK-B
Settings
Default
1 to 473
Factory setting
An increase by 1 increases the non-image width (rear edge only) by a
single pixel.
S-57
Service_mode_04.p65
57
00/10/16, 15:02
SERVICE MODE
COPIER>ADJUST
<V-CONT>
Use it to adjust the contrast potential.
VCONT-Y/M/C/K
Settings
Default
Use it to adjust the contrast potential.

-8 to +8
0
A higher setting makes the images darker.
VBACK-Y/M/C/K
Settings
Default
Use it to adjust the de-fogging potential.

-5 to +5
0
S-58
Service_mode_04.p65
58
00/10/16, 15:02
SERVICE MODE
COPIER>ADJUST
<PASCAL>
Use it to adjust auto gradation correction.
P-OFST-Y/M/C/K
Settings
Default
Use it to change the offset value of the solid density area target value for
auto gradation correction.
-20 to +20
0
A lower setting makes the solid density areas of images darker.
DMXCT-Y/M/C/K
Settings
Default
Use it to specify whether to use the data occurring after auto gradation correction (data for solid density correction).
It is valid only when 1 is set to OPTION>BODY>PASCAL.
If 0, the data will not be used regardless of the setting.
0: Do not use data, 1: use data
1
LUTCT-Y/M/C/K
Settings
Default
Use it to specify whether to use data (for gradation area correction) occurring after auto gradation correction.
It is valid only when 1 is set to OPTION>BODY>PASCAL.
0: Do no use data, 1: use data
1
S-59
Service_mode_04.p65
59
00/10/16, 15:02
SERVICE MODE
COPIER>ADJUST
<COLOR>
Use it to adjust color balance.
ADJ-Y/M/C/K
Settings
Default
Use it to make up for color balance adjustment in user mode.

Be sure that 0 is set to color balance adjustment in user mode.
-8 to +8
0
OFST-Y/M/C/K
Settings
Default
Use it to make up for light-area density.

-8 to +8
0
S-60
Service_mode_04.p65
60
00/10/16, 15:02
SERVICE MODE
COPIER>ADJUST
<HV-PRI>
Use it to adjust the injection charging assembly high voltage.
INJ-Y/M/C/K
Settings
Default
Use it to adjust the injection AC bias.

If fogging occurs in the white background of an output (and if the fogging
still occurs when the setting of DENS-Y/M/C/K is correct and toner discharge is forced in service mode), use it to adjust the injection AC bias.
-2 to +2 (whole number)
0
A higher setting increases the AC peak-to-peak voltage and, as a result, fogging/ghosting will be reduced.
SUB-Y/M/C/K
Settings
Default
Use it to adjust the auxiliary charging bias.

Use it to adjust the auxiliary bias if ghosting occurs.
0
A higher setting increases the auxiliary charging bias (DC); as a result,
ghosting will be reduced.
SUB-Y/M/C/K-NI
Settings
Default
Use it to adjust the auxiliary charging bias (non-image area).

Over time, toner tends to collect inside the injection changing assembly,
causing fogging. To prevent the problem, the auxiliary charging bias (nonimage area) may be adjusted using this mode item.
0
A higher setting increases the auxiliary charging bias in discharge sequence
during last rotation and between sheets; as a result, discharge of toner from
the injection charging assembly is promoted.
S-61
Service_mode_04.p65
61
00/10/16, 15:02
SERVICE MODE
COPIER>ADJUST
<HV-TR>
Use it to adjust the transfer high-voltage output.
(A higher setting increases the output.)
Default: 0
HV-TR
Use it to adjust the offset level of the transfer high voltage. The level under
each condition may be adjusted at the same time.
TR-N1L
Use it to adjust the output occurring while plain paper/single-sided copy (or
1st side of a double-sided copy) is being fed in a low-humidity environment.
TR-N2L
Use it to adjust the output occurring while plain paper/double-sided copy
(i.e., its 2nd side) is being fed in a low-humidity environment.
TR-T-1L
Use it to adjust the output occurring while thick paper/single-sided copy (or
the 1st side of a double-sided copy) is being fed in a low-humidity environment.
TR-T-2L
Use it to adjust the output occurring while thick paper/double-sided copy
TR-OHPL
Use it to adjust the output occurring while a transparency is being fed in a
low-humidity environment.
TR-S1-1L
Use it to adjust the output occurring while special paper/single-sided copy
(or the 1st side of a double-sided copy) is being fed in a low-humidity environment.
TR-PO-1L
Use it to adjust the output occurring while a postcard/single-sided copy (or
TR-N1N
the 1st side of a double-sided copy) is being fed in a normal humidity environment.
TR-N2N
(i.e., its 2nd side) is being fed in a normal-humidity condition.
S-62
Service_mode_04.p65
62
00/10/16, 15:02
SERVICE MODE
COPIER>ADJUST
TR-T-1N
the 1st side of a double-sided copy) is being fed in a normal-humidity environment.
TR-T-2N
Use it to adjust the output of thick paper/double-sided copy (i.e., its 2nd
side) is being fed in a normal-humidity environment.
TR-OHPN
normal-humidity environment.
TR-S1-1N
(i.e., the 1st side of a double-sided copy) is being fed in a normal-humidity
environment.
TR-PO-1N
TR-N1H
the 1st side of a double-sided copy) is being fed in a high-humidity environment.
TR-N2H
(i.e., its 2nd side) is being fed in a high-humidity environment.
TR-T-1H
TR-T-2H
TR-OHPH
TR-S1-1H
(or the 1st side of a double-sided copy) is being fed in a high-humidity environment.
S-63
Service_mode_04.p65
63
00/10/16, 15:02
SERVICE MODE
COPIER>ADJUST
TR-PO-1H
TR-K-N1L
Use it to adjust the output occurring while plain paper/black mono/singlesided copy (or the 1st side of a double-sided copy) is being fed in a lowhumidity environment.
TR-K-N1N
Use it to adjust the output occurring while plain paper/black mono/singlesided copy (or the 1st side of a double-sided copy) is being fed in a normalhumidity environment.
TR-K-N1H
Use it to adjust the output occurring while plain paper/black mono/singlesided copy (or the 1st side of a double-sided copy) is being fed in a highhumidity environment.
TR-K-N2L
Use it to adjust the output occurring while plain paper/black mono/doublesided copy (i.e., its 2nd side) is being fed in a low-humidity environment.
TR-K-N2N
Use it to adjust the output occurring while plain paper/black mono/doublesided copy (i.e., the 2nd side of a double-sided copy) is being fed in a normal-humidity environment.
TR-K-N2H
Use it to adjust the output occurring while plain paper/black mono/doublesided copy (i.e., the 2nd side of a double-sided copy) is being fed in a highhumidity environment.
S-64
Service_mode_04.p65
64
00/10/16, 15:02
SERVICE MODE
COPIER>ADJUST
<HV-SP>
Use it to adjust the separation charging bias.
Settings: -3 to +3
Default:
0
SP-N1L
SP-N2L
SP-T-1L
SP-T-2L
SP-OHP-L
SP-S1-1L
SP-PO-1L
SP-N1N
SP-N2N
(i.e., its 2nd side) is being fed in a normal-humidity environment.
S-65
Service_mode_04.p65
65
00/10/16, 15:02
SERVICE MODE
COPIER>ADJUST
SP-T-1N
SP-T-2N
SP-OHP-N
SP-S1-1N
(or the 1st side of a double-sided copy) is being fed in a normal-humidity
environment.
SP-PO-1N
Use it to adjust the output of a postcard/single-sided copy (or the 1st side of
a double-sided copy) is being fed in a normal-humidity environment.
SP-N1H
Use it to adjust the output occurring while plain paper/single-sided copy
(1st side of a double-sided copy) is being fed in a high-humidity environment.
SP-N2H
SP-T-1H
SP-T-2H
(or the 2nd side of a double-sided copy) is being fed in a high-humidity environment.
SP-OHP-H
high-humidity environment.
SP-S1-1H
(or the 1st side of a double-sided copy) is being fed in a high-humidity environment.
S-66
Service_mode_04.p65
66
00/10/16, 15:02
SERVICE MODE
COPIER>ADJUST
SP-PO-1H
S-67
Service_mode_04.p65
67
00/10/16, 15:02
SERVICE MODE
COPIER>ADJUST
<HV-ATT>
Use it to adjust the auxiliary feeding roller charging bias.
Settings: -4 to +4
Default: 0
AT-N1L
AT-N2L
AT-T-1L
AT-T-2L
AT-OHPL
AT-S1-1L
AT-PO-1L
AT-N1N
the 1st side of a double-sided copy) is being fed in a normal-humidity condition.
AT-N2N
S-68
Service_mode_04.p65
68
00/10/16, 15:02
SERVICE MODE
COPIER>ADJUST
AT-T-1N
AT-T-2N
AT-OHPN
AT-S1-1N
(or the 1st side of a double-sided copy) is being fed in a normal-humidity
environment.
AT-PO-1N
Use it to adjust the output of a postcard/single-sided copy (or the 1st side of
a double-sided copy) is being fed in a normal-humidity environment.
AT-N1H
AT-N2H
AT-T-1H
AT-T-2H
AT-OHPH
high-humidity environment.
AT-S1-1H
(or the 1st side of a double-sided copy) is being fed in a high-humidity condition.
S-69
Service_mode_04.p65
69
00/10/16, 15:02
SERVICE MODE
COPIER>ADJUST
AT-PO-1H
Use it to adjust the output occurring while a postcard/single-sided copy (1st
side of a double-sided copy) is being fed in a high-humidity environment.
S-70
Service_mode_04.p65
70
00/10/16, 15:02
SERVICE MODE
COPIER>ADJUST
<FEED-ADJ>
Use it to make feeder system-related adjustments.
LOOP-CST
Settings
Default
Use it to adjust the level of arching when the cassette is used as the source
of paper.
If jams occur often over the pre-registration sensor, try increasing the setting.
If paper tends to move askew, try increasing the setting.
0 to 360
A higher setting increases the arching.
Factory setting
ADJ-C1
Settings
Default
Use it to adjust the image write position (in relation to the LED exposure
unit) in main scanning direction.
-48 to 48
Factory setting
ADJ-REFF
Settings
Default
Use it to adjust the image write start position (in relation to the LED exposure unit) in main scanning direction for re-pickup.
-48 to 48
Factory setting
ADJ-VSYC
Settings
Default
Use it to adjust the image write start position (in relation to the LED exposure unit) in sub scanning direction for plain paper.
-48 to 48
pixel.
Factory setting
ADJ-V-OHP
Settings
Default
Use it to adjust the image write position (in relation to the LED exposure
unit) in sub scanning direction for transparencies.
-48 to 48
Factory setting
S-71
Service_mode_04.p65
71
00/10/16, 15:02
SERVICE MODE
COPIER>ADJUST
ADJ-V-SP
Settings
Default
Use it to adjust the image write start position (in relation to the LED exposure unit) in sub scanning direction for special paper.
-48 to 48
pixel.
Factory setting
ADJ-V-THC
Settings
Default
Use it to adjust the image write start position in (in relation to the LED exposure unit) in sub scanning direction for thick paper.
-48 to 48
pixel.
Factory setting
S-72
Service_mode_04.p65
72
00/10/16, 15:02
SERVICE MODE
COPIER>ADJUST
<CST-ADJ>
Use it to make cassette-/manual feed tray-related adjustments. (The result of executing
FUNCTION>CST>MF-A4R/A6R/A4 is indicated in the form of a setting.)
MF-A4R
Settings
Default
Use it to enter the paper width basic value for the manual feed tray. (A4R)
0 to 1023
Factory setting
MF-A6R
Settings
Default
Use it to enter the paper width basic value for the manual feed tray. (A6R)
0 to 1023
Factory setting
MF-A4
Settings
Default
Use it to enter the paper width basic value for the manual feed tray. (A4)
0 to 1023
Factory setting
S-73
Service_mode_04.p65
73
00/10/16, 15:02
SERVICE MODE
COPIER>ADJUST
<MISC>
Use it to make other adjustments.
SEG-ADJ
Settings
Default
Use it to adjust the separation level for text and photos in text/photo/map
mode.
-4 to +4
+: Tends to identify as photo.
-: Tends to identify as text.
0
K-ADJ
Settings
Default
Use it to adjust the black identification level for black character processing.
-3 to +3
A higher setting leads to a higher incidence of identification as black.
0
ACS-ADJ
Settings
Default
Use it to adjust the level of color identification sensitivity for ACS.

-3 to +3
+: Tends to identify as black original.
-: Tends to identify as color original.
0
ACS-EN
Settings
Default
Use it to adjust the ACS identification area (both main and sub scanning direction).
Within the image read area in ACS, appreciable displacement along the
leading edge, trailing edge, and left/right (main scanning direction) tends to
cause wrong ACS identification. To free ACS identification from the effects
of color displacement, this mode item may be used to reduce displacement
ACS area.
-2 to +2
+: Larger identification area (strong effects of color displacement)
-: Smaller identification area (weak effects of color displacement)
+1
S-74
Service_mode_04.p65
74
00/10/16, 15:02
SERVICE MODE
COPIER>ADJUST
ACS-CNT
Settings
Default
Use it to adjust the area in which the pixels for identification of color in
ACS identification are counted.
-2 to +2
+: Larger identification area. (An original tends to be identified as a color
original if it has fine colored line; on the other hand, the effects of color
displacement are strong.)
-: Smaller identification area (An original tends to be identified as a noncolor original unless it has color in a wide area; on the other hand, the
effects of displacement are weak.)
+1
TRAREA-1/2/3/4/5/6/7/8
Settings
Default
Use it to enter transfer belt thickness data.

600 to 900
Factory setting
S-75
Service_mode_04.p65
75
00/10/16, 15:02
SERVICE MODE
COPIER>ADJUST
4.2 FEEDER
The following items are available under FEEDER>ADJUST.
DOCST-RP
Settings
Use it to adjust the original stop position for bottom pickup.

-100 to 100 (unit: 0.5 mm, default: 0)
1) Select this item, and place an original on the original tray.
2) Press the OK key. (The original will be fed.)
3) Open the DF slowly, and check the position of the original on the
copyboard glass.
If the original is to the left of the reference point, increase the setting.
If the original is to the right of the point, decrease the setting.
S-76
Service_mode_04.p65
76
00/10/16, 15:02
SERVICE MODE
COPIER>FUNCTION
5 Operation/Inspection Mode (FUNCTION)

5.1 COPIER/PRINTER
Display
I/O
Adjust
INSTALL
FIXING
CCD
PANEL
Function
Option
Test
Counter
PART-CHK
CLEAR
MISC-R
MISC-P
CST
CLEANING
F00-500-01
The state of the machine is indicated in the upper right of the screen. Pay attention to the
indication while servicing the machine; the following notations are used:
<READY>
Ready for servicing/copying operation.
<SERVICE>
Servicing operation under way.
<DOOR>
Door open.
<WAITING>
In wait.
<NO-PAPER> Paper absent.
S-77
Service_mode_05.p65
77
00/10/16, 15:02
SERVICE MODE
COPIER>FUNCTION
<INSTALL>
Use it for installation work.
STIR-Y/M/C/K
Use it to stir the developer inside the selected developing assembly.
1) Select this item to highlight.
2) Press the OK key.
The operation starts. The operation ends automatically in about 2 min.
STIR-4
Use it to stir all developer (all developing assemblies) at the same time.
SPLY-H-Y/M/C/K
Use it to send toner to the hopper from the selected toner cartridge.
The operation starts. The operation ends automatically in about 1 min 30
sec.
SPLY-H-4
Use it to send toner to the hoppers from all toner cartridges.
The operation starts. The operation ends automatically in about 1 min 30
sec.
STIR-CGY/CGM/CGC/CGK
Use it to stir the injection carrier inside the selected injection charging assembly.
S-78
Service_mode_05.p65
78
00/10/16, 15:02
SERVICE MODE
COPIER>FUNCTION
STIR-CG4
Use it to stir the injection carrier of all injection charging assembly.
<CCD>
Use it to execute CCD-related auto adjustments.
CCD-ADJ
Use it to adjust the gain for the analog processor (on the AP-IP PCB).
The operation starts. The operation ends automatically.
<CST>
Use it to execute cassette-/manual feed tray-related auto adjustments.
MF-A4R/A6R/A4
Use it to register the paper width basic value for the manual feed tray.
1) Place paper on the manual feed tray, and adjust the side guide to
the paper width.
S-79
Service_mode_05.p65
79
00/10/16, 15:02
SERVICE MODE
COPIER>FUNCTION
<CLEANING>
Use it to execute cleaning.
INJY/INJM/INJC/INJK-CLN
Use it to clean the selected injection charging assembly.
INJ4-CLN
Use it to clean all injection charging assemblies.
SUBY/SUBM/SUBC/SUBK-CLN
Use it to clean the auxiliary charging brush of the selected color.
The operation starts. The operation ends automatically in about 30 sec.
SUB4-CLN
Use it to clean all auxiliary brushes.
The operation starts. The operation ends automatically in about 30 sec.
S-80
Service_mode_05.p65
80
00/10/16, 15:02
SERVICE MODE
COPIER>FUNCTION
<FIXING>
Use it to execute fixing assembly-related auto adjustments.
NIP-CHK
Use it to generate a test print for measuring the fixing roller nip width.
The operation (of generating a test print) starts.
Paper is picked up, stopped between the fixing rollers once, and then discharged in about 20 sec.
S-81
Service_mode_05.p65
81
00/10/16, 15:02
SERVICE MODE
COPIER>FUNCTION
<PANEL>
Use it to check the operation of the control panel.
LCD-CHK
Use it to check the LCD for missing dots.
The entire face of the LCD turns on in white for several seconds and then
in blue for several seconds. (This operation is repeated.)
To stop, press the Stop key.
LED-CHK
Use it to start a check on the activation of the LEDs on the control panel.
1) Select the item to highlight.
The LEDs on the control panel will turn on in sequence.
To stop the operation, press <LED-OFF>.
LED-OFF
Use it to end a check on the activation of LEDs on the control panel.
The LEDs on the control panel go off.
KEY-CHK
Use it to start a check on key inputs.
2) Press the key to check.
The indication changes according to the key pressed (T00-500-01).
To end this item and to move to the next item, <KEY-CHK> must be
pressed once again.
S-82
Service_mode_05.p65
82
00/10/16, 15:02
SERVICE MODE
COPIER>FUNCTION
TOUCHCHK
Use it to adjust the coordinates on the control panel touch display (i.e., to
match the point of a press on the touch display and coordinates on the
LCD).
The LCD on the control panel will indicate +.
3) Press +.
+ appears in different locations on the LCD. (Repeat these steps nine
times.)
To end this item and move to the next item, <TOUCH CHECK> must be
pressed once again.
Key
Indication on screen
Key
Key
Copy
COPY
Interrupt
INTERRUPT
Full color
Extension
ETC
0 to 9, #, *
0 to 9, #, *
Black
F-COLOR
BLACK
Reset
RESET
Clear
CLEAR
Start
START
Guide
ID
ID
Stop
STOP
User mode
ACS
ACS
Power save
STAND BY
T00-500-01
S-83
Service_mode_05.p65
83
00/10/16, 15:02
SERVICE MODE
COPIER>FUNCTION
<PAT-CHK>
Use it check the operation of various loads.
CL
Use it to select the clutch to check.
2) Enter the code of the clutch in question using the keypad.
The operation starts in response to <CL-ON>.
CL-ON
Use it to start a check on operation.
clutch turns on remains off for 10 sec turns on remains off for 10
sec turns on turns off
FAN
Use it to select the fan to check.
2) Enter the code of the fan in question using the keypad.
The operation starts in response to <FAN-ON>.
FAN-ON
fan remains on for 10 sec turns off
MTR
Use it to select the motor to check.
2) Enter the code of the motor.
The operation starts in response to <MTR-ON>.
S-84
Service_mode_05.p65
84
00/10/16, 15:02
SERVICE MODE
COPIER>FUNCTION
MTR-ON
motor remains on for 10 sec turns off
SL
Use it to select the solenoid to check.
2) Enter the code of the solenoid in question using the keypad.
The operation starts in response to <SL-ON>.
SL-ON
solenoid turns on remains off for 10 sec turns on remains off for
10 sec turns on off
S-85
Service_mode_05.p65
85
00/10/16, 15:02
Service_mode_05.p65
86
Duplex unit inlet double-speed clutch (CL20)
Duplex equal-speed clutch (CL19)
Deck lifter motor (M102)
Deck main motor (M101)
Delivery toner motor (M20)
21
22
23
Solenoid
DO NOT USE
DO NOT USE
DO NOT USE
DO NOT USE
DO NOT USE
DO NOT USE
DO NOT USE
DO NOT USE
DO NOT USE
DO NOT USE
DO NOT USE
DO NOT USE
DO NOT USE
DO NOT USE
DO NOT USE
DO NOT USE
DO NOT USE
DO NOT USE
DO NOT USE
Compartment open solenoid (SL102)
Deck pickup roller releasing solenoid (SL101)
Cassette pedestal pickup solenoid (SL6)
Delivery flapper solenoid (SL5)
Web solenoid (SL4)
Manual feed holding plate locking solenoid (SL2)
S-86
00/10/16, 15:02
T00-500-02
Do not use items described as DO NOT USE; otherwise, malfunction can occur.
Caution:
The cartridge motor is under the control of the toner level detection control mechanism, and operates only for about 1 sec if toner is present.
Deck feed clutch (CL101)
Pickup double-speed clutch (CL13)
Cassette pedestal pickup motor (M18)
20
DO NOT USE
Transfer swing clutch (CL23)
Cassette pedestal main motor (M19)
19
26
Reversal CW clutch (CL18)
Transfer belt motor (M15)
18
Deck pickup clutch (CL102)
Reversal CCW clutch (CL17)
Drum motor K (M6)
17
DO NOT USE
Reversal double-speed clutch (CL15)
Drum motor C (M5)
16
25
External delivery double-speed clutch (CL16)
Drum motor M (M4)
15
Cassette pedestal pickup clutch (CL24)
Fixing higher-speed clutch (CL22)
Drum motor Y (M3)
14
DO NOT USE
Fixing clutch (CL14)
Side registration motor (front; M17)
13
24
Injection clutch K (CL12)
Side registration motor (rear; M17)
Developing clutch C (CL9)
Cartridge motor M (M12)
12
Injection clutch (CL8)
Cartridge motor Y (M11)
Developing clutch K (CL11)
Developing clutch M (CL7)
DO NOT USE
Cartridge motor K (M14)
Injection clutch Y (CL6)
DO NOT USE
11
Developing clutch Y (CL5)
DO NOT USE
Injection clutch C (CL10)
DO NOT USE
Cartridge motor C (M13)
Manual feed clutch (CL3)
Pickup motor (M1)
10
Clutch
Pickup clutch (CL1)
Motor
No.
Fan
Not available
Not available
Not available
Not available
Not available
Not available
Not available
Not available
Not available
Not available
Not available
Not available
Not available
Not available
Not available
Not available
Not available
Not available
Not available
Not available
Kit drive cooling fan (FM10)
De-curling fan (FM7)
Power supply cooling fan (FM5)
Machine cooling fan (FM4)
Delivery fan (FM2)
Fixing fan (FM1)
SERVICE MODE
COPIER>FUNCTION
SERVICE MODE
COPIER>FUNCTION
SHV
Use it to select the high-voltage output to check.
2) Enter the code of the high-voltage output using the keypad.
The operation starts in response to <SHV-ON>.
SHV-ON
For specifics, see the table that follows.
S-87
Service_mode_05.p65
87
00/10/16, 15:02
Auxiliary charging M
Auxiliary charging C
Auxiliary charging K
Injection DC-Y
Injection DC-M
Injection DC-C
Injection DC-K
Injection AC-Y
Injection AC-M
Injection AC-C
Injection AC-K
Developing DC-Y
Developing DC-M
Developing DC-C
Developing DC-K
Developing AC-Y
Developing AC-M
Developing AC-C
Developing AC-K
Transfer-Y
Transfer-M
Transfer-C
Transfer-K
Feeding auxiliary roller bias
Separation charging
LED anti-soling bias
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
Item
Auxiliary charging Y
No.
Setting
Service_mode_05.p65
Operation of other parts
88
Drum rotates, injection cylinder rotates
None
None
None
None
None
None
None
None
Transfer belt rotates, transfer unit moves up, drum rotates, injection sleeve rotates, injection AC ON, injection DC ON
Transfer belt rotates, transfer unit moves up, drum rotates
None
None
700Vpp
700Vpp
-350V
-350V
-350V
-350V
10.0uA
10.0uA
10.0uA
10.0uA
-0.5uA
10.7KVpp
-3000V
T00-500-03
700Vpp
Drum rotates, injection cylinder rotates, injection AC ON, injection DC ON
700Vpp
-600V
-600V
-600V
-600V
500V
500V
500V
500V
SERVICE MODE
COPIER>FUNCTION
S-88
00/10/16, 15:02
SERVICE MODE
COPIER>FUNCTION
<CLEAR>
Use it to reset RAM, error code, jam history, or error code history.
ERR
Use it to reset the following error code:
E000, E005, E717
2) Press the OK key. (The main power switch will not automatically
turn off; be sure to turn off and then on the main power switch after ending service mode.)
DC-CON
Use it to initialize the RAM on the DC controller PCB.
2) Press the OK key. (The main power switch will automatically turn
off.)
R-CON
Use it to initialize the RAM on the reader controller PCB.
off.)
JAM-HIST
Use it to reset the jam history.
off.)
ERR-HIST
Use it to reset the error code history.
off.)
S-COM
Use it to initialize the RAM on the system controller PCB.
off.)
PWD-CLR
Use it to reset the password set in user mode by the system administrator.
off.)
S-89
Service_mode_05.p65
89
00/10/16, 15:02
SERVICE MODE
COPIER>FUNCTION
<MISC-R>
Use it to check the operation of the reader unit.
SCANLAMP
Use it to execute activation of the scanning lamp.
off.)
The scanning lamp will turn and remain on for 1 sec.
SC-MOVE
Use it to check the operation of the scanner.
off.)
Each press on the OK key will cause operations 1 through 4 below.
HP
[1]
[2]
[3]
Scanner
[4]
F00-500-02
S-90
Service_mode_05.p65
90
00/10/16, 15:02
SERVICE MODE
COPIER>FUNCTION
LAMP-ADJ
Use it to adjust the intensity of light (if a new scanning lamp has been
mounted).
For instructions, see the body text.
USE-LAMP
Use it to adjust the intensity of light (if the scanning lamp has been removed once and mounted thereafter for cleaning or the like).
For instructions, see the body text.
<MISC-P>
Use it to check the operation of the printer unit.
IP-CHK
Use it to execute self diagnosis of the AP-IP PCB.
off.)
At the end of self diagnosis, the result will be indicated in terms of OK/
NG.
POWEROFF
Use it to execute auto power-off.
TR-DOWN
Use it to move down the transfer belt.
TR-UP
Use it to move up the transfer belt.
S-91
Service_mode_05.p65
91
00/10/16, 15:02
SERVICE MODE
COPIER>FUNCTION
5.2 FEEDER>FUNCTION
The following items are found under FEEDER>FUNCTION.
SENS-INT
Use it to initialize the sensor.
Each operation is executed; at the end of adjustment, the mode ends automatically.
UBLT-CLN
Use it to execute auto cleaning of the separation belt for top separation.
2) Place paper moistened with solvent at the center on the original
tray.
The paper will be fed halfway, and the separation belt will be rotated idly.
4) Press the OK key to end the operation.
5) Open the upper cover, and remove the paper.
6) Close the upper cover.
DBLT-CLN
Use it to execute auto cleaning of the separation belt for bottom separation.
2) Place paper moistened with solvent at the center on the original
tray.
The paper will be fed halfway, and the separation belt will be rotated idly.
4) Press the OK key to end the operation.
5) Open the upper cover, and remove the paper.
6) Close the upper cover.
S-92
Service_mode_05.p65
92
00/10/16, 15:02
SERVICE MODE
COPIER/PRINTER>OPTION
6 OPTION (settings mode)

6.1 COPIER/PRINTER
The COPIER/PRINTER>OPTION screen and its items are as follows:
Display
I/O
Adjust
Function
Option
Test
Counter
BODY
USER
ACC
INT-FACE
F00-601-01
<BODY>
Use it to make selections related to the machine.
CONTRAST
Settings
Use it to switch between auto and manual for the target contrast potential.
0: Auto, 1 to 8: Manual [Default: 0]
MODEL-SZ
Settings
Use it to select the appropriate paper series.

0: AB (6R5E), 1: INCH (5R4E), 2: A (3R3E), 3: AB/INCH (6R5E)
PASCAL
Settings
Caution
Use it to enable/disable the gradation correction data and contrast potential

obtained by auto gradation correction.
0: Disable, 1: Enable [Default: 1]
For the printer model, be sure to set it to 0 at time of installation.
S-93
Service_mode_06.p65
93
00/10/16, 15:03
SERVICE MODE
SENS-CNF
Settings
Use it to select the appropriate sensor series (arrangement).

0: AB, 1: Inch, 2: A
EC-GLASS
Settings
Use it to specify the presence/absence of an EC coating on the copyboard

glass.
0: EC coat absent, 1: EC coat present (default: 0 for 100-V model, 1 for
other models)
TBLT-ADJ
Settings
Use it to enable execution of displaced registration caused by uneven thickness of the transfer belt.
HS-SW
Settings
Use it to enable or disable the result of executing head shading.

F-WEB
Settings
Use it to change the frequency at which the web solenoid (SL4) turns on.
0: Reference value, 50: Twice the reference value, 200: 1/2 the reference
value [Default: 0]
2S-RG-DT
Settings
Reference
Use it to enable or disable erasing of part of images falling outside paper as

determined by the result of detection made by the side registration sensor
(S32) when the duplex unit is used.
In printing mode, images are shifted to reflect the result of detection regardless of the setting made in this mode. (See 5.4 Detecting the Position of
Side Registration in Chapter 6 of the Printer Manual.)
S-94
Service_mode_06.p65
94
00/10/16, 15:03
SERVICE MODE
PG-CST
Settings
Caution
Reference
Use it to select the source of paper for a printer model in response to

TEST>PG-P.
Execute TEST>PG-P after making a selection in this mode.
[default: 1]
1: Cassette 1, 2: cassette 2,
3: Cassette 3 (cassette pedestal)*,
4: Cassette 4 (cassette pedestal)*,
5: Side paper deck*
6 through 10: disable
* If no cassette pedestal is installed, the setting will be as follows:
3: Side paper deck, 4 through 10: Disable
In the case of the printer model, the control panel continues to show the Extension screen, not enabling the selection of a source of paper on its own as
is possible with the copier model, requiring the use of this mode to make
the selection.
PG-DLVR
Settings
Reference
Use it to select single-sided, double-sided, or face-down delivery for

TEST>PG-P for a printer model.
Execute TEST>PG-P after making a selection in this mode.
0: Single-sided, 1: Double-sided, 2: Face-down delivery [Default: 0]
In the case of the printer model, the control panel continues to show the Extension screen, not enabling the selection of single-sided, double-sided, or
face-down delivery on its own as is possible with the copier model, requiring the use of this mode to make the selection.
TR-TMG
Settings
Use
Use it to set the timing at which the transfer high-voltage output is started
for image transfer.
0: Use the timing of output start set at the factory. (default; normally,
keep the setting)
1: Advance the timing of output start by 100 msec.
If the leading edge of paper becomes soiled with toner, set it to 1.
S-95
Service_mode_06.p65
95
00/10/16, 15:03
SERVICE MODE
DLIFE-Y/M/C/K
Settings
Use
Use it enable/disable the following messages: Prepare for the Replacement

of the Drum Unit and Replace the Drum Unit.
0: Disable the messages. (default)
1: Enable only Prepare for the Replacement of the Drum Unit.
2: Enable only Replace the Drum Unit.
3: Enable both Prepare for the Replacement of the Drum Unit and
Replace the Drum Unit.
0: Use it if you want to use the drum unit until it is exhausted without regard to the end of its life.
In this case, the replacement of the drum unit is left to the decision of the
user and, as a result, service calls for image faults will be likely.
1: It is the same as 0; however, use it if you want the machine to at least
tell the user when the drum unit reaches the end of its life.
2: Use it if you want the user to replace the drum unit as soon as it reaches
the end of its life. It will force the machine to stop operation without a
warning in advance.
3: It is the same as 2; however, use it if you want the machine to warn the
user, prompting him/her to replace the drum unit.
When the message Replace the Drum Unit is indicated for the Y/M/C
drum unit, the machine will not make color copies/prints; however, it can
make copies/prints using black only.
S-96
Service_mode_06.p65
96
00/10/16, 15:03
SERVICE MODE
D-RDY-Y/M/C/K
Settings
Use
Setting the Timing at Which Prepare for the Replacement of the Drum
Unit is Indicated
0 to 10 (default: 0)
An increase by 1 made to the setting will delay the timing of indication in
increments of 10% (wear index).
When 0 is set, the message will be indicated at 100% (wear index). [default]
When 5 is set, the message will be indicated at 150% (wear index).
When 10 is set, the message will be indicated at 200% (wear index).
D-CHNG-Y/M/C/K
Settings
Use
Setting the Timing at Which Replace the Drum Unit is Indicated

1 to 20 (default: 20)
An increase by 1 made to the setting will delay the timing of indication in
increments of 1% (wear index) for Prepare for the Replacement of the
Drum Unit.
If we suppose that the message Prepare for the Replacement of the Drum
Unit is to be indicated at 100% (wear index), the following will be true:
If it is set to 1, the message will be indicated at 101% (wear index).
If it is set to 10, the message will be indicated at 110% (wear index).
If it is set to 20, the message will be indicated at 120% (wear index). [default]
Prepare for the Replacement

of the Drum Unit
Replace the Drum Unit
D-RDY setting 0
100% 101%
D-CHNG setting 1
110%
130%
setting 10
setting 20
If D-RDY-Y/M/C/K is 0,
(D-LIFE-Y/M/C/K is set to 3)
F00-601-02
Prepare for the Replacement
of the Drum Unit
Replace the Drum Unit
D-RDY setting 10
110% 111%
If D-RDY-Y/M/C/K is 10,
(D-LIFE-Y/M/C/K is 3)
D-CHNG setting 1
120%
130%
setting 10
setting 20
F00-601-03
S-97
Service_mode_06.p65
97
00/10/16, 15:03
SERVICE MODE
<USER>
Use it to make selections related to the user.
COPY-LIM
Setting
Use it to change the upper limit imposed on the copy count.

1 to 999 sheets [Default: 999]
SIZE-DET
Setting
Use it to enable or disable the original size detection mechanism.

0: OFF, 1: ON [Default: 0]
COUNTER1
Setting
Caution
Use it to set the soft counter 1 on the User Mode screen. (You may change
the counter particulars to suit the needs of the user or the dealer.)
0: Disable display, 1 to 999: as in T00-600-01
[Default: as in 3 Counters in Chapter 8 of the Printer Manual.]
In the case of the 100-V model, the selection cannot be made in the field.
COUNTER2
Setting
Caution
COUNTER3
Setting
Caution
COUNTER4
Setting
Caution
S-98
Service_mode_06.p65
98
00/10/16, 15:03
SERVICE MODE
COUNTER5
Setting
COUNTER6
Setting
S-99
Service_mode_06.p65
99
00/10/16, 15:03
SERVICE MODE
<Soft Counter Specifications>
The soft counters are grouped into the following according to input numbers:
100s: Total
500s: Scan
200s: Copy
600s: Box
300s: Print
700s: Reception print
400s: Copy + print
800s: Report print
Guide to the Table
Y:
Counter valid in the machine.
4C: Full color
mono: Mono color (Y, M, C/R, G, B/sepia mono)
Bk: Black mono
L:
Large-size (larger than B4)
S:
Small-size (smaller than B4)
Number under Description, i.e., 1 and 2: count of large-size sheet
In service mode (COPIER>OPTION>USER>B4_L_CNT), B4 and larger may be selected for counting as a large-size sheet.
Used
No.
Used
No.
000
No indication
201
101
Total 1
202
Copy (Total 2)
102
Total 2
203
Copy (L)
103
Total (L)
204
Copy (S)
104
Total (S)
205
Copy A (Total 1)
150
Total (4C1)
206
Copy A (Total 2)
106
Total (4C2)
207
Copy A (Total)
107
Total (Mono)
208
Copy A (S)
108
Total (Bk1)
209
Local copy (Total 1)
109
Total (Bk2)
210
Local copy (Total 2)
110
Total (Mono/L)
211
Local copy (L)
111
Total (Mono/S)
212
Local copy (S)
112
Total (Bk/L)
213
Remote copy (Total 1)
113
Total (Bk/S)
214
Remote copy (Total 2)
114
Total (4C + Mono +Bk/Double-sided)
215
Remote copy (L)
Total 1 (Double-sided)
216
Remote copy (S)
Description
Description
Copy (Total 1)
115
Total 2 (Double-sided)
217
Copy (4C1)
116
L (Double-sided)
218
Copy (4C2)
117
S (Double-sided)
T00-600-01a
S-100
Service_mode_06.p65
100
00/10/16, 15:03
SERVICE MODE
Used
No.
219
Used
No.
Copy (Mono1)
319
Description
Description
Print (Bk/L)
220
Copy (Mono2)
320
Print (Bk/S)
221
Copy (Bk1)
321
Print (4C + Mono/L)
222
Copy (Bk2)
322
Print (4C + Mono/S)
223
Copy (4C/L)
323
Print (4C + Mono/2)
224
Copy (4C/S)
324
Print (4C + Mono/1)
225
Copy (Mono/L)
325
Pint (4C/L/Double-sided)
226
Copy (Mono/S)
326
Print (4C/S/Double-sided)
227
Copy (Bk/L)
327
Print (Mono/L/Double-sided)
228
Copy (Bk/S)
328
Print (Mono/S/Double-sided)
229
Copy (4C + Mono/L)
329
Print (Bk/L/Double-sided)
230
Copy (4C + Mono/S)
330
Print (Bk/S/Double-sided)
231
Copy (4C + Mono/2)
331
PDL Print (Total 1)
232
Copy (4C + Mono/1)
332
PDL Print (Total 2)
233
Copy (4C/L/Double-sided)
333
PDL print (L)
234
Copy (4C/S/Double-sided)
334
PDL print (S)
235
Copy (Mono/L/Double-sided)
401
Copy + Print (4C/L)
236
Copy (Mono/s/Double-sided)
402
Copy + Print (4C/S)
237
Copy (Bk/L/Double-sided)
403
Copy + Print (Bk/L)
238
Copy (Bk/s/Double-sided)
404
Copy + Print (Bk/S)
301
Print (Total 1)
405
Copy + Print (Bk2)
302
Print (Total 2)
406
Copy + Print (Bk1)
303
Print (L)
407
Copy + Print (4C + Mono/L)
304
Print (S)
408
Copy + Print (4C + Mono/S)
305
Print A (Total 1)
409
Copy + Print (4C + Mono/2)
306
Print A (Total 2)
410
Copy + Print (4C + Mono/1)
307
Print A (L)
411
Copy + Print (L)
308
Print A (S)
412
Copy + Print (S)
309
Print (4C1)
413
Copy + Print (2)
310
Print (RC2)
414
Copy + Print (1)
311
Print (Mono1)
312
Print (Mono2)
313
Print (Bk1)
502
Scan (Total 2)
314
Print (Bk2)
503
Scan (L)
315
Print (4C/L)
316
Print (4C/S)
317
Print (Mono/L)
318
Print (Mono/S)
501
Scan (Total )
Copy scan (Total/4)
Copy scan (L/4)

504
Scan (S)
Copy scan (S/4)
T00-600-01b
S-101
Service_mode_06.p65
101
00/10/16, 15:03
SERVICE MODE
Used
No.
Description
Used
No.
Description
505
Bk scan (Total 1)
601
Box print (Total 1)
Y
Y
Y
Copy scan (Bk)
602
Box print (Total 2)
506
Bk scan (Total 2)
603
Box print (L)
507
Bk scan (L)
604
Box print (S)
Copy scan (Bk/L)
701
Reception print (Total 1)
Bk scan (S)
702
Reception print (Total 2)
Copy scan (Bk/S)
703
Reception print (L)
Color scan (Total )
704
Reception print (S)
Copy scan (4C)
801
Report print (Total 1)
510
Color scan (Total 2)
802
Report print (Total 2)
511
Color scan (L)
803
Report print (L)
Copy scan (4C/L)
804
Report print (S)
508
509
512
Color scan (S)
513
Copy scan (L)
514
Copy scan (S)
515
Copy scan (Total)
Copy scan (4C/S)
T00-600-01c
S-102
Service_mode_06.p65
102
00/10/16, 15:03
SERVICE MODE
CONTROL
Use it to allow copying, printing, or scanning operation without the following input (with conditions):
Control key (when the reader unit is connected)
Card (when the Control Card-IV is connected)
ID No. (when an ID No. is set)
Setting
Setting
particulars
0 to 444 [default: 222]

(The setting of each digit must be 0 to 4; if 0, operation even with a condition will not be allowed.)
<Digit Setting and Operation Enabled>
1st digit: Absence of control key
2nd digit: Absence of card
3rd digit: Absence of ID No. input
Digit setting
B&W copy
Color copy
B&W print Color print
scan
Y: Enabled.
N: Disabled.
T00-600-03
EX 1 If the setting is 2,
Control key absent:
Enables B&W printing/color printing
Card absent:
No operation enabled
ID No. input absent: No operation enabled
EX 2 If the setting is 431,

Control key absent:
No operation enabled
Card absent:
B&W copying enabled
ID No. input absent: B&W coping, B&W printing/color printing enabled
Caution
<Count When operation Is Enabled with Conditions>

Counter type
Control key OFF
Card absent
ID No. absent
On user Mode screen

Card
ID NO.
: Counts all.
: Counts some.
: Counts none.
T00-600-03
S-103
Service_mode_06.p65
103
00/10/19, 15:09
SERVICE MODE
Guide to Table
a. Counter on the User Mode
A count is made regardless of the setting (with conditions).
b. Card Counter
When the Control Card-IV is connected,
If the setting for the absence of a card (2nd digit) is 3,4, no count is
made regardless of the presence/absence of a card in black-and-white
copying mode.
If the setting for the absence of a card (2nd digit) is 2,4, no count is
made regardless of the presence/absence of a card in black-and-white
printing/color printing.
When the Card Reader-B1 is connected,
If the setting or the absence of a card (2nd digit) is 3,4, no count is
made in the absence of a card in black-and-white copying mode.
In black-and-white printing/color printing mode, no count is made regardless of the setting (w/ conditions).
However, the OA counter inside the Copy Data Controller-A1 makes a
count regardless of the setting (w/ conditions).
c. ID No. Counter
If the setting for the absence of an ID No. input (3rd digit) is 3,4, no
count is made regardless of the presence/absence of an ID No. in
black-and-white copying mode.
If the setting for the absence of an ID No. input (3rd digit) is 2,4, no
count is made regardless of the presence/absence of an ID No. input in
black-and-white printing/color printing.
HS-DISP
Setting
Use it to enable or disable the indication of the execution key for head shading in user mode.
0: Disable indication, 1: Enable indication [Default: 0]
B-BK-DSP
Setting
Use it to enable or disable the indication of the blue-back correction key on

the User Mode screen.
If ghost images occur, a press on the blue-back correction key on the User
Mode screen will reduce the amount of LED exposure to limit ghosting
(however, the drum charging potential will increase to maintain solid density).
S-104
Service_mode_06.p65
104
00/10/16, 15:03
SERVICE MODE
B-BK-LVL
Caution
Setting
Use it to set the level of blue-back correction (OPTION>USER>B-BKDSP).

If ghosting does not decrease after executing blue-back correction, set this
mode item to 1. (Before doing so, however, check to make sure that the
absolute humidity inside the machine is 2.9 g or higher, indicated under
DISPLAY>ANALOG>ABS-HUM.)
Executing this mode item can cause the following; take note:
The amount of LED exposure tends to be uneven (especially in high-density areas).
The density may fall short of expected levels (at a machine inside absolute humidity of 2.9 g, the density will more likely be lower than expected, i.e., images will be lighter).
The gradation characteristics may change.
[Default: 0]
0: Do not change.
1: Decrease exposure, increase DC component of injection charging bias,
and increase DC component of developing bias.
S-105
Service_mode_06.p65
105
00/10/16, 15:03
SERVICE MODE
<ACC>
Use it to make selections related to accessories.
DK-P
Setting
Use it to select a paper size for the paper deck.

0: A4, 1: B5, 2: LTR [Default: 0]
HDNS-SW
Setting
Use it to enable/disable the indication of a staple alarm (prohibiting stacking) during sorter high-density image processing.
DF-SET
Setting
Use it to set DF auto count and original re-placement alarm indication for
limitless sorting.
Note: If 1 or 2 is set, auto start will turn on when all delivered sheets
are removed in limitless sorting.
0: Require re-placement, 1: issue re-placement alarm (at end of original count), 2: Enable operation without indication [Default: 0]
STOV-SW
Setting
Use it to set how overstacking should be detected.

0: by height + count, 1: by height only [Default: 0]
SHFT-SW
Setting
Use it to specify whether sheets should be delivered by shifting by one (the

first of a set of sheets) in shift mode or group mode.
0: Shift, 1: Do not shift [Default: 0]
S-106
Service_mode_06.p65
106
00/10/16, 15:03
SERVICE MODE
<INT-FACE>
Setting Conditions (when an external controller is connected)
B-CLR
Settings
Use
Reference
When Releasing the Copy Data Controller-A1 After Installation

0: Not connected
1: Connected
If you want to temporarily release the Copy Data Controller-A1 at time of
servicing work, set 0.
When a Copy Data Controller-A1 is installed, the setting will automatically
be 1; if the controller is release without setting 0 to it, the machine will
indicate error code E717.
S-107
Service_mode_06.p65
107
00/10/16, 15:03
SERVICE MODE
FEEDER/SORTER>OPTION
6.2 FEEDER
The following items are found under FEEDER>OPTION.
SIZE-SW
Setting
Use it to enable or disable detection of the presence of both AB-series and

Inch-series originals.
6.3 SORTER
The following items are found under SORTER>OPTION.
T-ADJ-SW
Setting
Use it to enable or disable corrective processing when delivering transparencies in relation to the detection of the height of sheets on the finisher tray.
S-108
Service_mode_06.p65
108
00/10/16, 15:03
SERVICE MODE
COPIER>TEST
7 TEST (test print mode)

The COPIER/PRINTER>TEST screen and its items are as follows:
Display
I/O
Adjust
Function
Option
Test
Counter
PG-R
PG-P
F00-700-01
S-109
Service_mode_07, 8.p65
109
00/10/16, 15:03
SERVICE MODE
COPIER>TEST
<PG-R>
Use it to generat reader-related test prints.
TYPE
Settings
Enter the type No. of the test print you want, and press the Start key to generate a test print. (Be sure to put the setting back to 0 after printing a test
print.)
0: Normal printing, 1 to 99: T00-700-01
THRU
Settings
Use it to enable or disable the LUT mechanism for test printing.

0: Enable, 1: Disable
DENS-Y, DENS-M, DENS-C, DENS-K

Settings
Use it to adjust the density of each color for test printing (TYPE=5).
0 to 255: A higher value causes images to be darker.
COLOR-Y, COLOR-M, COLOR-C, COLOR-K
Settings
Use it to enable output of each color for each TYPE; for example, to generate a M mono test print, set COLOR-M to 1, and others to 0. (Only one
color is available at a time.)
0: Disable output, 1: Enable output
F/M-SW
Settings
Use it to switch between full color and mono color for the PG-R output; in
mono color mode, use it to select the color in relation to COLOR-Y, -M, -C,
and -K.
0: Full color output, 1: Mono color output
HS-THRU
Settings
Use it to enable or disable the result of HAS for the PG-R images.
0: Enable, 1: Disable
S-110
110
00/10/16, 15:03
SERVICE MODE
COPIER>TEST
Guide to PG-R>TYPE Input No./Test Print
No.
Description
No.
9
Description
Image from CCD (normal printing)
For R&D
For R&D
10
YMCBk horizontal stripes (laser FF activation)
256 colors
11
For R&D
256 gradations
12
YMCBk 64 gradations
16 gradations (17 gradations)
13
RGB 64 gradations
Full halftone
14
Full color 16 gradations (17 gradations)
Grid
15
Full color light area 16 gradations (17 grada tions)
Image position correction control pattern
16
YMCBk horizontal stripes (laser A0 activation)
For R&D
17 to 99 For R&D
T00-700-01
<PG-P>
Use it to generate test prints related to the printer unit.
TYPE
Settings
Use it to generate a test print by entering its type No. and pressing the Start
key.
0 to 32: T00-700-02
THRU
Not used.
DENS-Y, DENS-M, DENS-C, DENS-K

Settings
Use it to adjust density of each color for test printing (TYPE=05).

0 to 255: A higher setting makes images darker.
COLOR-Y, COLOR-M, COLOR-C, COLOR-K
Settings
Use it to enable or disable the output of each color for each TYPE; for example, to generate a test print in M mono, set COLOR-M to 1 and others
to 0. (Only one color is available at a time.)
0: Disable output, 1: Enable output
F/M-SW
Not used.
S-111
111
00/10/16, 15:03
SERVICE MODE
COPIER>TEST
PG-P>TYPE Input No./Test Print
No.
Description
No.
Description
1 to 3
For R&D
12 to 13
For R&D
16 gradations (sub scanning direction)
14
7 colors (sub scanning direction)
Halftone
15 to 18
For R&D
Grid
19
Grid in each color (main scanning direction)
7 to 9
For R&D
20 to 23
For R&D
10
MCYBk stripe (sub scanning direction)
24
Grid in each color (sub scanning direction)
11
16 gradations (main scanning direction)
25 to 32
For R&D
T00-700-02
S-112
112
00/10/16, 15:03
SERVICE MODE
COPIER>COUNTER
8 COUNTER (counter mode)

The COPIER>COUNTER screen and its items are as follows:
Display
I/O
Adjust
TOTAL
DRBL-1
SCANNER
DRBL-2
Function
Option
Test
Counter
PICKUP
COLOR
FEEDER
JAM
MISC
PRDC-1
F00-800-01
This mode indicates the number of times the machine has operated.
<Resetting the Counter Reading>
1) Select the item to reset so that it is highlighted.
2) Press the Clear key on the control panel.
The reading will be reset to 00000000.
<Size Classification>
TOTAL/PICKUP/FEEDER
L: Larger than B4
S: Smaller than B4
PRDC-1/DRBL-1/DRBL-2
L: Longer than 324 mm in feeding direction
S: Shorter than 324 mm in feeding direction
S-113
113
00/10/16, 15:03
SERVICE MODE
COPIER>COUNTER
<Guide to Counters for Periodically Replaced Parts/Consumablse>
The machine is equipped with counters for periodically replaced parts/consumables
(DRBL-1/DRBL-2/PRDC-1), providing guides when scheduling replacement.
EX
C1-PU-RL / 00098400 / 00120000 / 82% !! 000027
[1]
[2]
[3]
[4] [5] [6]
[1] Indicates a part name; in the case of the example, the notation points to a primary charging wire.
[2] Indicates the counter reading (actual number of sheets); press the Clear key to reset the
reading after replacement of the part.
[3] Indicates the limit (recommended number of sheets at replacement); it may be changed
by selecting the item and entering a number on the keypad.
[4] Indicates the ratio of counter reading to limit.
[5] Indicates an exclamation symbol (!) when the above ratio is from 90% to 100% or two
exclamation symbols when the ratio is 100% or higher.
[6] Indicates the date of expected replacement (days); in the case of the example, 27 days
later.
S-114
COPYRIGHT 2000 CANON INC. 2000 2000 CANON CP2120/2150 REV.0 OCT. 2000
114
00/10/16, 15:03
SERVICE MODE
COPIER>COUNTER
Setting
Level 1: COUNTER
Level 2: TOTAL
Level 3: SERVICE1
SERVICE2
TTL
L-TTL
S-TTL
C-L-TTL
C-S-TTL
K-L-TTL
K-S-TTL
COPY
L-COPY
S-COPY
C-L-COPY
C-S-COPY
K-L-COPY
K-S-COPY
PRNT
L-PRNT
S-PRNT
C-L-PRNT
C-S-PRNT
K-L-PRNT
K-S-PRNT
4C-TTL
Y-COPY
M-COPY
C-COPY
K-COPY
Level 2: SCANNER
Level 3: SC-TTL
SC-COPY
Level 2: PICKUP
Level 3: C1
L-C1
S-C1
C2
L-C2
S-C2
List of Items under COUNTER

Mode description
Total counter 1 for servicing

Total counter 2 for servicing
Total counter for copy + print
Total counter for copy + print (L size)
Total counter for copy + print (S size)
Total counter for YMC copy + print (L size)
Total counter for YMC copy + print (S size)
Total counter for Bk copy + print (L size)
Total country for Bk copy + print (S size)
Total counter for copy
Total counter for copy (L size)
Total counter for copy (S size)
Total counter for YMC copy (L size)
Total counter for YMC copy (S size)
Total counter for Bk copy (L size)
Total counter for Bk copy (S size)
Total counter for print
Total counter for print (L size)
Total counter for print (S size)
Total counter for YMC print (L size)
Total counter for YMNC print (S size)
Total counter for Bk print (L size)
Total counter for Bk print (S size)
Total counter for full color (4 colors) copy
Counter for Y mono copy
Counter for M mono copy
Counter for C mono copy
Counter for Bk mono copy
Total counter for scan by scanner
Counter for copy scan
Total counter for pickup from cassette 1
Total counter for pickup from cassette 1 (L size)
Total counter for pickup from cassette 1 (S size)
Total counter for pickup from cassette 2 (S side)
S-115
115
00/10/16, 15:03
SERVICE MODE
COPIER>COUNTER
C3
L-C3
S-C3
C4
L-C4
S-C4
MF
L-MF
S-MF
DK
L-DK
S-DK
2-SIDE
L-2-SIDE
S-2-SIDE
Level 2: COLOR
Level 3: Y-DEV
M-DEV
C-DEV
K-DEV
Level 2: FEEDER
Level 3: FEED
L-FEED
S-FEED
Level 2: JAM
Level 3: TOTAL
PRINT
FEEDER
SORTER
Level 2: MISC
Level 3: TORALPWR
FIX-WEB
Level 2: PRDC-1
Level 3: AR-FIL6

Total counter for pickup from manual feed tray
Total counter for pickup from manual feed tray (L size)
Total counter from pickup from manual feed tray (S size)
Total counter from pickup from paper deck
Total counter form pickup from paper deck (L size)
Total counter for pickup from paper deck (S size)
Total counter for pickup of 2nd side of double-sided sheet
(L size)
(S size)
Number of times Y developing assembly is used (locked)
Number of times M developing assembly is used (locked)
Number of times C developing assembly is used (locked)
Number of times Bk developing assembly is used (locked)
Total counter for pickup of originals by feeder
Total counter for pickup of originals by feeder (L size)
Total counter for pickup of originals by feeder (S size)
Total number of jams in machine
Total number of print jams
Total number of jams in feeder
Total number of jams in sorter
Total time of use of power
Counter for fixing web (initially, 0; in excess of 300,
E500 is issued); indicates the number of times the web is
pulled while the web length sensor (S24) detects the absence
of the web)
Number of sheets passing
through air filter (FM6)
S-116
(unit: sheets)
116
00/10/16, 15:03
SERVICE MODE
COPIER>COUNTER
Level 2: DRBL-1
Level 3: SCN-LMP
SP-UNIT
BLT-B-CN
T-CLN-BD
T-CN-BRU
TR-BLD-Y
TR-BLD-M
TR-BLD-C
TR-BLD-K
SB-FD-RL
TR-BLT
C1-PU-RL
C1-SP-RL
C1-FD-RL
C2-PU-RL
Length of time for activation

of scanning lamp (LA1)
Number of sheets passing through
separation charging assembly
(2 counts for L size)
belt back scraper
transfer leaning blade
transfer cleaner brush
transfer blade unit Y
transfer blade unit M
transfer blade unit C
transfer blade unit Bk
feeding auxiliary roller scraper
transfer belt
cassette 1 pickup roller
cassette 1 separation roller
cassette 1 feeding roller
(unit: sec)
(unit: sheets)
(unit: sheets)
(unit: sheets)
(unit: sheets)
(unit: sheets)
(unit: sheets)
(unit: sheets)
(unit: sheets)
(unit: sheets)
(unit: sheets)
(unit: sheets)
(unit: sheets)
(unit: sheets)
(unit: sheets)
S-117
117
00/10/16, 15:03
SERVICE MODE
COPIER>COUNTER
C2-SP-RL
C2-FD-RL
M-SP-RL
M-FD-RL
FX-UP-RL
FX-LW-RL
FHTR-M
FHTR-S
FIX-WEB
FIX-TH1
FIX-TH2
FX-TSW
DLV-LCLW
WST-TNR

(unit: sheets)
(unit: sheets)
(unit: sheets)
manual feed separation roller
(unit: sheets)
manual feed pickup roller
(unit: sheets)
fixing upper roller
(unit: sheets)
fixing lower roller
(unit: sheets)
fixing main heater (H1)
(unit: sheets)
fixing sub heater (H1)
Number of times fixing web is pulled (unit: times)
(in excess of about 186,000, E005 will be indicated)
(unit: sheets)
main thermistor (TH1)
(unit: sheets)
sub thermistor (TH2)
(unit: sheets)
fixing thermal switch (TP1)
(unit: sheets)
fixing separation claw
(unit: sheets)
waste toner box
S-118
118
00/10/16, 15:03
SERVICE MODE
COPIER>COUNTER
Level 2: DRBL-2
Level 3: DF-PU-RL
DF-FLP-F
DF-FLP-R
DF-RBT-L
DF-RBT-S
DF-SP-BL
DF-F-BLT
PD-PU-RL
PD-FD-RL
C3-PU-RL
C3-SP-RL
C3-FD-RL
C4-PU-RL
C4-SP-RL
C4-FD-RL
FIN-STPR
FIN-FDBL
FIN-PDDL
SDL-STPL
STR-STPL
Number of pickups by ADF

pickup roller
flapper (front)
flapper (rear)
feeding roller belt (large)
feeding roller belt (small)
separation belt
feeding belt
Number of sheets passing
through deck pickup roller
deck pickup/feeding roller
cassette 4 feed roller
Number of stapling operations
finisher feeding belt
finisher paddle
Number of stitcher operations
Number of stapling operations
by stapler sorter
(unit: sheets)
(unit: sheets)
(unit: sheets)
(unit: sheets)
(unit: sheets)
(unit: sheets)
(unit: sheets)
(unit: sheets)
(unit: sheets)
(unit: sheets)
(unit: sheets)
(unit: sheets)
(unit: sheets)
(unit: sheets)
(unit: sheets)
(unit: sheets)
(unit: sheets)
(unit: sheets)
(unit: sheets)
(unit: sheets)
S-119
119
00/10/16, 15:03
Error Code
Ecode_cover.p65
00/10/16, 15:05
ERROR CODE
1 Self Diagnosis (copier)

The R-CPU and DC-CPU of the machines CPU PCB are equipped with a mechanism to
check the machines state (particularly, sensors). It runs a check as needed and, upon detection of a fault, indicates a code on the control panel.
What follows below are lists of error codes and descriptions of faults and conditions of
detection; the detail codes indicated under each error code are indicated in service mode:
COPIER>DISPLAY>JAM>ERR.
E000
Main cause
The fixing heater is faulty. The SSR is faulty. The fixing thermistor is
faulty. The DC controller PCB is faulty. The system controller PCB is
faulty.
Condition of
detection
Main cause
xx=01: Main thermistor (TH1), xx=02: Sub thermistor (TH2)

xx01 The thermistor (TH1, TH2) has detected 245C or higher (hardware detection).
0002 The thermistor (TH1) has detected 240C or higher (software detection).
The fixing heater is faulty. The SSR is faulty. The fixing thermistor is
faulty. The thermistor (TH1, TH2) has an open circuit. The thermal switch
(TP1) has turned on.
Condition of
detection
xx=01: Main thermistor (TH1), xx=02: Sub thermistor (TH2)
xx03 The thermistor (TH1, TH2) has detected an open circuit.
0021 Within a temperature range of 50C or lower as detected by the
thermistor (TH1), the increase in temperature in 1 min is less than
3C.
0031 Within a temperature range between 50C and 190C as detected
by the thermistor, the increase in temperature within 30 sec is less
than 5C.
0040 During standby, the fixing temperature has dropped below 140C.
0050 During printing, the fixing temperature has dropped below 140C.
E004
Main cause The SSR1 is faulty.
Condition of
detection
xx=01: Main heater (H1), xx=02: Sub heater (H2)
xx01 SSR1 for the fixing heater is ON even though the fixing heater
(H1, H2) is OFF.
E-1
Ecode.p65
00/10/16, 15:06
ERROR CODE
E005
Main cause The fixing web has run out. The fixing web length sensor (S24) is faulty.
Condition of
detection
The web solenoid (SL4) has turned on 300 times after the fixing web length
sensor (S24) stopped detecting the flag.
E006
Main cause The fixing drawer has poor contact. The fixing assembly is absent.
Condition of
detection
0001 The fixing drawer cannot be detected even though the 24-V door is
closed.
E010
Main cause
The main motor drive system has an excess load. The pickup main motor
(M2)/delivery main motor (M16)/pedestal main motor (M19) is faulty. The
serial driver PCB is faulty. The DC controller PCB is faulty.
Condition of
detection
0001 The pickup main motor (M2) is released.
The motor is checked every 10 msec from 3000 msec after it is
started to when it is stopped. However, detection is not made when
the front cover/delivery assembly cover/face-down delivery unit is
released or when there is a fault in the power supply system.
0002 The pedestal main motor (M16) is released.
0003 The pedestal main motor (M19) is released.
E-2
Ecode.p65
00/10/16, 15:06
ERROR CODE
E012
Main cause
The drum motor (M3, M4, M5, M6) is faulty. The drum motor drive system
has an excess load. The DC controller PCB is faulty.
Condition of
detection
XX=01: Y, XX=02: M, XX=03: C, XX=04: Bk (XX indicates the developing assembly color)
XX01 The target speed cannot be attained even when the frequency of the
motor drive pulse is increased to the upper limit.
motor drive pulse is decreased to the lower limit.
XX03 The encoder signal from the motor is not generated for the following period of time:
standard: 3.69 msec, 1/2 speed: 7.38 msec, 1/4 speed: 14.75 msec
XX04 The motor rotates in the direction opposite the desired direction.
XX05 The spatial displacement is not corrected even when the frequency
of the motor drive pulse is varied.
motor drive pulse is varied.
XX07 Not used.
XX08 Not used.
XX09 An error has occurred in the communication with the DC controller
PCB.
E013
Main cause
The waste toner feedscrew has locked. The waste toner feed motor is faulty.
The transfer high-voltage PCB is faulty. The serial driver PCB is faulty. The
DC controller PCB is faulty.
Condition of
detection
0001 The waste toner motor has locked and, as a result, an over-current
has flowed into the motor control circuit.
0002 An open circuit has occurred in the waste toner motor.
E-3
Ecode.p65
00/10/16, 15:06
ERROR CODE
E014
Main cause
The belt motor (M15) is faulty. The belt motor drive system has an excess
load. The drum drive AC generation PCB is faulty. The transfer drive AC
generation PCB is faulty. The DC controller PCB is faulty.
Condition of
detection
0001 The target speed cannot be attained even when the frequency of the
motor drive pulse is increased to the upper limit.
motor drive pulse is decreased to the lower limit.
0003 The encoder signal is not generated by the motor.
0004 The motor rotates in the direction opposite the desired direction.
0005 Not used.
motor drive pulse is changed.
0007 Not used.
0008 Not used.
0009 An error has occurred in the communication with the DC controller
PCB.
E020
Main cause
The ATR sensor connector is disconnected. The developing cylinder/stirring

screw fails to rotate.
Condition of
detection
Main cause
Condition of
detection
XXA0 During printing sequence, the difference between the maximum
value and the minimum value of SIGNAL (9 samplings) is 0.2 V
(10) or less.
The RAM data inside the drum unit is faulty.
XX80 During printing sequence, the value of INIT-SIGNAL entered as
part of initial settings has dropped to 2.344 V (120) or lower.
XX81 During printing sequence, the value of INIT-SIGNAL entered as
part of initial settings has risen to 2.656 V (136) or higher.
XX90 During printing sequence, the correction value for INIT-SIGNAL
has changed to 0 (in service mode, ADJUST>DENS>SIGG-Y/M/
C/K).
E-4
Ecode.p65
00/10/16, 15:06
ERROR CODE
Main cause
XX91 During printing sequence, the correction value for INIT-SIGNAL

has changed to 255 (in service mode, ADJUST>DENS>SIGG-Y/
M/C/K).
The ATR sensor is faulty. The toner level sensor is faulty. The toner supply
system for the developing assembly is faulty. The developer has deteriorated or has a mixing of injection carrier.
Condition of
detection
XXB0 During printing sequence, the value of SIGNAL obtained by sampling and averaging is 0.43 V (22) or lower.
XXB1 During printing sequence, the value of SIGNAL obtained by sampling and averaging is 4.9 V (250) or higher.
XXD0 During printing sequence, the value of SIGNAL remains higher
than INIT-SIGNAL entered as part of initial settings by 4.71 V
(240) or more continuously for 10 prints.
XXE0 During printing sequence, the value of SIGNAL remains lower
than INIT-SIGNAL entered as part of initial settings by 0.98 V (50)
or more continuously for 10 prints.
E025
Main cause The cartridge motor is faulty.
Condition of
detection
0101 The cartridge motor Y (M11) is found to have an over-current condition.
0201 The cartridge motor M (M12) is fount to have an over-current condition.
0301 The cartridge motor C (M13) is found to have an over-current condition.
0401 The cartridge motor Bk (M14) is found to have an over-current
condition.
E032
Main cause
The Copy Data Controller-A1 or the NE controller is faulty or has an open

circuit. The system controller PCB is faulty.
Condition of
detection
The Copy Data Controller-A1 or NE controller counter mechanism fails to
operate.
E-5
Ecode.p65
00/10/16, 15:06
ERROR CODE
E041
Main cause
The deck lifter motor (M102) is faulty. The deck driver PCB is faulty. A
connected device is faulty. The deck lifter position sensor (PS104) is faulty.
The deck paper sensor (PS107) is faulty.
Condition of
detection
0001 The fault was detected while the lifter was moving up.
0002 The fault was detected while the lifter was moving down.
The deck lifter position sensor (PS104) does not detect the lifter within 60
sec after the deck lifter UP signal is generated.
The output of the deck paper sensor (PS107) is 0 when the output of the
deck lifter position sensor (PS104) and that of the deck paper level sensor
(PS108) are 1.
E043
Main cause
The deck main motor (M101) is faulty. The deck driver PCB is faulty. A
connected device is faulty.
Condition of
detection
The PLL lock signal (DMPLK) remains 1 for 2 sec or more after the deck
main motor drive signal is generated.
E051
Main cause
The side registration sensor (S32) is faulty. The side registration motor
(M17) is faulty. The duplex driver PCB is faulty. The DC controller PCB is
faulty.
Condition of
detection
0001 The home position of the side registration sensor (S32) cannot be
detected.
The home position cannot be detected when 24-V power is turned
on in response to the turning on of the main power switch or the
opening and closing of the front cover/delivery assembly cover/
face-down delivery unit.
E-6
Ecode.p65
00/10/16, 15:06
ERROR CODE
E070
Main cause
The transfer belt sensor (S51) is faulty. The transfer belt is deformed. The
transfer high-voltage PCB is faulty. The DC controller PCB is faulty.
Condition of
detection
0001 The transfer belt sensor (S51) cannot detect the home position of
the transfer belt.
0002 The transfer belt sensor (S51) continues to detect the home position for the transfer belt.
E073
Main cause The transfer drawer connector has poor contact. The transfer unit is absent.
Condition of
detection
0001 The transfer unit cannot be detected when the front door is closed.
E074
Main cause
The transfer swing sensor (S49, S50) is faulty. The transfer swing clutch
(CL23) is faulty. The pickup main motor (M1) is faulty. The serial driver
PCB is faulty.
Condition of
detection
0001 The output of the transfer swing sensor (S49, S50) does not change
even when the transfer unit is swung.
E196
Main cause A memory error has occurred in the EEPROM.
Condition of
detection
X=01: Y, X=02: M, X=03: C, X=04: Bk (X indicates the developing assembly color)
YY=AA, 55, 00 (data in the presence of an error)
9XYY Drum kit cartridge EEPROM check error
A101 System controller PCB DIMM (absent)
A102 System controller PCB memory type (not SDRAM)
A103 System controller PCB memory sequential error
A104 System controller PCB memory capacity error (including a mix of
64 M and 128 M)
A105 System controller PCB memory type (not of recommended type)
A106 System controller PCB memory capacity error (duplex model, inadequate memory)
A2ZZ RCON
E-7
Ecode.p65
00/10/16, 15:06
ERROR CODE
E197
Main cause
An error has occurred in communication among PCBs within the printer

unit.
Condition of
detection
X=0: System controller PCB side
2: DC controller PCB side
Ex01 Serial reception error (during data reception)
Ex02 Reset on CPU of other party (during data reception)
Ex03 During processing of transmission/reception data (during data reception)
Ex04 Serial reception error (during standby)
Ex05 Reset on CPU of other party (during standby)
Ex06 During processing of transmission /reception data (during standby)
020F Connection time-out
E202
Main cause The mirror base malfunctions.
Condition of
detection
During a home position search, the mirror base does not return to the home
position within a specific period of time.
E203
Main cause The scanner motor malfunctions.
Condition of
detection
After scanning an original, the mirror mount does not return to the home
position within a specific period of time.
The home position is detected while the mirror base is moving.
E211
Main cause The scanning lamp thermistor has an open circuit.
Condition of
detection
The thermistor reading is 0C while the temperature is controlled to 70C.
E215
Main cause The scanning lamp thermistor has an open circuit.
Condition of
detection
The thermistor reading is 170C or higher.
E-8
Ecode.p65
00/10/16, 15:06
ERROR CODE
E216
Main cause The scanning lamp is faulty. The light intensity sensor is faulty.
Condition of
detection
The intensity sensor does not detect light 10 sec after the scanning lamp is
turned on.
E217
Main cause The scanning lamp heater is faulty.
Condition of
detection
The temperature reading is not 70C or higher 3 min after control to 70C
is started.
E218
Main cause The scanning lamp is not mounted. The filament is broken.
Condition of
detection
The fluorescent lamp current does not flow within a specific period of time
after the ON signal has been received.
E219
Main cause The scanning lamp has reached the end of its life.
Condition of
detection
The thermistor reading is 150C or higher while the scanning lamp is on.
E240
Main cause
An error has occurred in the communication between CPUs of the reader

controller PCB and the system controller PCB.
Condition of
detection
controller PCB and the system controller PCB.
E243
Main cause

controller PCB and the control panel.
Condition of
detection
controller PCB and the control panel.
E-9
Ecode.p65
00/10/16, 15:06
ERROR CODE
E244
Main cause
The pickup assembly PCB is faulty. The serial driver PCB is faulty. The duplex driver PCB is faulty. The DC controller PCB is faulty.
Condition of
detection
x=0: Pickup assembly PCB, 1: Serial driver PCB,
2: Duplex driver PCB
y=0 to 7: Port of each PCB
xy01 Connection check error
When the main power switch is turned on, communication with
each PCB cannot be established.
xy02 Parity error
After communication with each PCB has been established, a parity
error has occurred continuously 5 times.
xy04 Sub station reset response time-out error
When the main power switch is turned on, each PCB cannot be reset (reset processing error).
xy05 Connection check result response time-out error
When the main power switch is turned on, communication with
each PCB cannot be established.
xy06 Transmission end response time-out error
After communication has been established with each PCB, the absence of responce has occurred continuously 5 times. (monitoring
at tall times)
E351
Main cause An error has occurred in the anti-counterfeit PCB.
Condition of
detection
An error has occurred in the anti-counterfeit PCB.
E-10
Ecode.p65
10
00/10/16, 15:06
ERROR CODE
E717
Main cause
The Copy Data Controller-A1 or the NE Controller is faulty or has an open

circuit. The system controller PCB is faulty.
Condition of
detection
When the copy start signal is generated, the count pulse is not detected by
the Copier Controller-A1 or the NE controller within a specific period of
time.
After connection, the Copy Data Controller-A1 or the NE Controller is disconnected.
E800
Main cause The electric system has an error. The DC controller PCB is faulty.
Condition of
detection
0001 The shut-off relay of the main power switch (SW1) is found to
have an open circuit.
0002 The AC relay (RL1) is found to have an open circuit.
0003 The DC relay (RL2) is found to have an open circuit.
0004 +24 VRET does not change to +24 V even when the front door,
fixing door, and face-down delivery unit are all closed.
E805
Main cause
The fixing fan has an error. The delivery fan has an error. The machine
cooling fan has an error. The power supply cooling fan has an error. The decurling fan has an error. The kit drive cooling fan has an error. The transfer
motor cooling fan has an error.
Condition of
detection
0001
0002
0003
0004
0005
0006
0007
The fixing fan (FM1) is found to have locked.

The delivery fan (FM2) is found to have locked.
The machine cooling fan (FM4) is found to have locked.
The power supply cooling fan (FM6) is found to have locked.
The de-curling fan (FM7) is found have locked.
The kit drive cooling fan (FM10) is found to have locked.
The transfer motor cooling fan (F13) is found to have locked.
E-11
Ecode.p65
11
00/10/16, 15:06
ERROR CODE
E809
Main cause The reader unit power supply fan (FM1) is faulty.
Condition of
detection
The reader unit power supply fan (FM1) is faulty.
E810
Main cause The photosensitive drum unit is faulty.
Condition of
detection
XX01 The photosensitive drum unit is absent.
XX02 The wrong photosensitive drum unit is mounted (wrong color).
XX03 The photosensitive drum is wrongly installed (wrong country
model).
1. If the self-diagnosis mechanism has turned on, the machine may be reset
by turning its power switch off once; this, however, this does not apply
to E000, E004, E005, E211, E215, E217, or E717. If any of these codes
is indicated, perform the following:
Clearing an Error
1) Make the following selections in service mode:
FUNCTION>CLEAR.
2) Press <ERR> to highlight, and press the OK key.
4) See that the message panel on the control panel has been reset and
now shows the Copy Mode screen.
2. In the case of E000 or E004, the machine will turn off in 20 sec after the
error is detected.
3. The error history may be checked by making the following selections:
Display>ERR.
E-12
Ecode.p65
12
00/10/19, 14:37
ERROR CODE
2 Self Diagnosis O (DADF)

If the self-diagnosis mechanism has turned on, the machine may be reset by
turning off and then on the host machine.
Even when the machine remains out of order, copies may still be made by
opening it and placing originals on the copyboard glass.
E401
Main cause
The pickup motor (M1) fails to rotate. The pickup roller sensor (S5) is
faulty.
Condition of
detection
The sensor does not turn on and off twice or more within 1 sec.
E402
Main cause
The belt motor (M3) fails to rotate. The belt motor lock sensor (S10) is
faulty.
Condition of
detection
The number of clock pulses within 200 msec is lower than a specific value.
E404
Main cause
The feed motor (M2) fails to rotate. The feed motor clock sensor (S9) is
faulty.
Condition of
detection
The number of clock pulses within 200 msec is lower than a specific value.
E411
Main cause
The original tray power sensor (S1) is faulty. The registration sensor (S3) is
faulty.
Condition of
detection
In the absence of paper, the output of the sensor is 2.3 V or higher.
E621
Main cause The editor has an error.
Condition of
detection
An error has been detected in the communication between editor and host
machine.
E-13
Ecode.p65
13
00/10/16, 15:06
ERROR CODE
E624
Main cause The editor has an error
Condition of
detection
An error has occurred in the communication with the editor digitizer.
E625
Condition of
detection
An error has occurred in the editor RAM.
E626
Condition of
detection
An error has occurred in the LCD of the editor.
E627
Main cause The editor ha an error.
Condition of
detection
An error has occurred in the ASIC of the editor.
E628
Condition of
detection
An error has occurred in the IPC of the editor.
E629
Condition of
detection
A sequential error has occurred in the editor.
E710
Main cause The DADF/editor IPC communication (initialization) has an error.
Condition of
detection
At power-on, synchronization fails in the IPC communication between the
reader unit and DADF/editor within a specific period of time (3 sec).
E-14
Ecode.p65
14
00/10/16, 15:06
ERROR CODE
E711
Main cause The DADF/editor has an IPC communication error.
Condition of
detection
At power-on, an IPC communication error has occurred 10 times or more
between the reader unit and DADF/editor within a specific period of time
(1.5 sec).
E712
Main cause The DADF/editor has an IPC communication error.
Condition of
detection
The IPC communication with the reader unit is interrupted for a specific period of time (5 sec) or more.
E-15
Ecode.p65
15
00/10/16, 15:06
ERROR CODE
3 Self Diagnosis (finisher)

3.1 Finisher Assembly
E503
Main cause A communication error has been detected.
Condition of
detection
0003 An error is detected in the communication with the saddle sitcher.
E504
Main cause The output of the height sensor (PS1) is faulty.
Condition of
detection
0004 The adjustment of the sensor made using a DIP switch is faulty.
E505
Main cause The backup RAM is faulty.
Condition of
detection
0001 At power-on, the check sum value is found to be faulty.
E512
Main cause
The delivery motor is faulty. The delivery motor clock sensor (PI10) is
faulty.
Condition of
detection
0001 At the start of operation, the target number of clock pulses cannot
be obtained from the delivery motor clock.
0002 During feeding, clock pulses are absent for a period equivalent of
200 mm.
E530
Main cause
The alignment motor (M3) is faulty. The alignment plate home position
sensor (PI6) is faulty.
Condition of
detection
0001 The alignment plate does not leave the alignment plate home position sensor even when the alignment motor has been driven for 2
sec.
0002 The alignment plate does not return to the alignment plate home
position sensor even when the alignment motor has been driven for
2 sec.
E-16
Ecode.p65
16
00/10/16, 15:06
ERROR CODE
E531
Main cause
The stapler motor (M6) is faulty. The stapler home position sensor detecting
switch (MS7) is faulty.
Condition of
detection
0001 The stapler does not leave the stapling home position even when
the stapler motor has been driven for 0.5 sec.
0002 The stapler does not return to the stapling home position even
when the stapler motor has been driven for 0.5 sec.
E532
Main cause
The stapler shift motor (M4) is faulty. The stapler shift home position sensor (PI7) is faulty.
Condition of
detection
0001 The stapler does not leave the stapler shift home position sensor
even when the stapler shift motor has been driven for 4 sec.
0002 The stapler shift home position cannot be detected even when the
stapler shift motor has been driven for 4 sec.
E535
Main cause
The delivery motor (M2) is faulty. The swing guide closed detecting switch
2 (MS6) is faulty.
Condition of
detection
Main cause
0001 The swing guide closed detecting switch does not turn on even
when the delivery motor is rotated in reverse for 1 sec.
The delivery motor (M2) is faulty. The swing guide open sensor (PI18) is
faulty.
Condition of
detection
Main cause
0002 The swing guide open detecting sensor does not turn on even when
the delivery motor is rotated in reverse for 1 sec.
The safety area switch (MS3) is faulty. The swing guide open detecting
switch (MS6) is faulty.
Condition of
detection
0003 When the tray 1/2 is in the safety area switch OFF position, the
swing guide closed detecting switch is found to be off.
E-17
Ecode.p65
17
00/10/16, 15:06
ERROR CODE
E540
Main cause
The tray lift motor (M5) is faulty. The tray lift motor clock sensor 1/2
(PI19/PI20) is faulty. The tray home position sensor (PI8) is faulty.
Condition of
detection
Main cause
Condition of
detection
Main cause
0001 The ascent operation does not end 15 sec after the tray lift motor is
started.
The tray home position cannot be detected even when the tray lift
motor has been driven for 15 sec.
The tray paper limit detecting switch (MS4) is faulty.
0002 The tray upper limit detecting switch is found to be on while the
tray is moving up.
The tray lifter motor (M5) is faulty. The tray lifter motor clock sensor 1/2
(PI19/PI20) is faulty.
Condition of
detection
0003 There is no clock pulse from the clock sensor 1/2 for 200 msec or
more when the try lifter motor is driven.
E584
Main cause
The feed motor (M1) is faulty. The shutter closed detecting switch (MS4) is
faulty.
Condition of
detection
Main cause
Condition of
detection
Main cause
0001 The shutter closed detecting switch does not turn on even when the
feed motor has been rotated in reverse for 1 sec or more.
The feed motor (M1) is faulty. The shutter open sensor (PI5) is faulty.
0002 The shutter open sensor does not turn on even when the feed motor
is rotated in reverse for 1 sec or more.
The safety area switch (MS3) is faulty. The shutter closed detecting sensor
(MS4) is faulty.
Condition of
detection
0003 When the tray 1/2 is in the safety area switch OFF position, the
shutter closed detecting switch is found to be off.
E-18
Ecode.p65
18
00/10/16, 15:06
ERROR CODE
3.2 Saddle Stitcher
E5F0
Main cause
The positioning plate motor (M4S) is faulty. The power positioning plate
home position sensor (PI7S) is faulty.
Condition of
detection
0001 The paper positioning plate home position sensor does not turn on
even when the paper positioning plate motor has been driven for
1.25 sec or more.
0002 The paper positioning plate home position sensor does not turn off
even when paper positioning plate motor has been driven for 1 sec
or more.
E5F1
Main cause
The folding motor (M2S) is faulty. The folding motor clock sensor (PI4S)
is faulty.
Condition of
detection
0001 The number of detention pulses of the folding motor clock sensor
drops to a specific value or lower.
E5F2
Main cause
The guide motor (M3S) is faulty. The guide home position sensor (PI13S)
is faulty.
Condition of
detection
0001 The guide home position sensor does not turn on even when the
guide motor has been driven for 0.4 sec or more.
0002 The guide home position sensor does not turn off even when the
guide motor has been driven for 1 sec or more.
E5F3
Main cause
The alignment motor (M5S) is faulty. The alignment plate home position
sensor (PI5S) is faulty.
Condition of
detection
0001 The alignment plate home position sensor does not turn on even
when the alignment motor has been driven for 0.5 sec or more.
0002 The alignment plate home position sensor does not turn off even
when the alignment motor has been driven for 1 sec or more.
E-19
Ecode.p65
19
00/10/16, 15:06
ERROR CODE
E5F4
Main cause
The stitch motor (rear, M6S) is faulty. The stitching home position switch
(rear, PS2S) is faulty.
Condition of
detection
0001 The stitching home position switch does not turn off even when the
stitching motor (rear) is rotated clockwise for 0.5 sec or more.
0002 During jam recovery, the stitching home position switch does not
turn on even when the stitching motor (rear) is rotated counterclockwise for 0.5 sec or more.
E5F5
Main cause
The stitching motor (front, M7S) is faulty. The stitching motor operating
home position switch (front, PS4S) is faulty.
Condition of
detection
0001 The stitching home position switch does not turn off even when the
stitching motor (front) is rotated clockwise for 0.5 sec or more.
0002 During jam recovery, the stitching home position switch does not
turn on even when the stitching motor (front) is rotated counterclockwise for 0.5 sec or more.
E5F6
Main cause
The paper push-on plate motor (M8S) is faulty. The paper push-on plate
home position sensor (PI14S) is faulty.
Condition of
detection
Main cause
0001 While the paper push-on plate is moving from the leading edge to
the home position, the paper push-on plate home position sensor
does not turn on even when the paper push-on plate motor has been
driven for 0.3 sec or more.
0002 While the paper push-on plate is moving to the leading edge, the
paper push-on plate home position sensor does not turn off even
when the paper push-on plate motor has been driven for 1.0 sec or
more.
leading edge position sensor (PI15S) is faulty.
Condition of
detection
0003 When the paper push-on plate is moving from the leading edge to
the home position, the paper push-on plate leading edge sensor
does not turn on even when the paper push-on plate motor has been
driven for 1.0 sec or more.
E-20
Ecode.p65
20
00/10/16, 15:06
ERROR CODE
Main cause
motor clock sensor (PIS) is faulty.
Condition of
detection
Main cause
0004 The number of detection pulse of the paper push-on plate motor
clock sensor is lower than a specific value.
The paper push-on plate motor (M8S) is faulty. The paper push-on leading
edge position sensor (PI15S) is faulty.
Condition of
detection
0005 The paper push-on plate leading edge position sensor does not turn
on even when the paper push-on plate motor has been driven for
0.3 sec or more after the paper push-on plate home position sensor
is turned off.
E5F8
Main cause The guide home position sensor (PI13S) has a faulty connector.
Condition of
detection
0001 The connector of the guide home position sensor is found to be
disconnected.
The paper push-on plate home position sensor (PI14) has a faulty connector.
Condition of
detection
0002 The connector of the paper push-on plate home position sensor is
found to be disconnected.
Main cause The paper push-on plate leading edge sensor (PI15S) has a faulty connector.
Condition of
detection
0003 The connector of the paper push-on plate leading edge sensor is
found to be disconnected.
E-21
Ecode.p65
21
00/10/16, 15:06
ERROR CODE
E5F9
Main cause
The inlet door open detecting switch (MS1S) is faulty. The inlet door sensor (PI9S) is faulty.
Condition of
detection
Main cause
0001 While the following three photointerrupters for covers have identified that the doors are closed, the inlet door open detention switch
identifies the door to be open for 1 sec or more from the start of
copying or the start of copier initial rotation.
Inlet door sensor (PI9S)
Front door open sensor (PI2S)
Delivery door open sensor (PI3S)
The front door open detecting switch (MS2S) is faulty. The front door open
sensor (PS2S) is faulty.
Condition of
detection
Main cause
0002 While the following three photointerrupters for covers have identified that the doors are closed, the front door open detecting switch
identifies the front door to be open for 1 sec or more from the start
of copying or the start of copier initial rotation:
Inlet door sensor (P19S)
Front door open sensor (PI2S)
The delivery door open detecting switch (MS3S) is faulty. The delivery
door open sensor (PI3S) is faulty.
Condition of
detection
0003 While the following three photointerrupters for covers have identified that the doors are closed, the delivery door open detecting
switch identifies the delivery door to be open for 1 sec or more
from the start of copying or the start of initial rotation.
Inlet door sensor (PI9S)
Font door open sensor (PI2S)
E-22
Ecode.p65
22
00/10/16, 15:06
ERROR CODE
4 Self Diagnosis (sorter)
E500
Main cause Data communication is faulty.
Condition of
detection
The communication between the host machine and the sorter is disrupted.
(This error is detected by the host machine.)
E510
Main cause The no-sort motor (M6) does not rotate.
Condition of
detection
After the motor drive signal has been generated, the input signal of the nonsort motor clock sensor (PI10) does not change within 60 msec.
E525
Main cause Auto adjustment of the bin inside paper sensor (S1, S2) is faulty.
Condition of
detection
Auto adjustment of the bin inside paper sensor (S1, S2) fails, or the auto
adjustment value has an error.
E530
Main cause The guide bar swing motor (M3) fails to rotate.
Condition of
detection
After the motor drive signal has been generated, the input signal of the
guide bar HP sensor (PI3) does not change within 200 msec.
E531
Main cause
The stapler unit swing motor (M4) fails to rotate.

The stapler motor (M5) fails to rotate.
Condition of
detection
The input signal from the stapler unit HP switch (MS4) does not change for
1000 msec or more.
While the stapler unit is rotating clockwise, the home position is not detected within 600 msec. In addition, the home position cannot be detected
within 600 msec when the motor is rotated in reverse.
E-23
Ecode.p65
23
00/10/16, 15:06
ERROR CODE
E540
Main cause The bins shift motor (M1) fails to rotate.
Condition of
detection
After the motor drive signal has been generated, the operation does not end
within a period 4 times a specific period or less:
Period: 20000 msec during initialization
2000 msec during non-initialization
The clock signal from the bin shift motor clock sensor (PI1) is absent for
250 msec or more.
The input signal from the lead cam HP sensor (PI2) does not change for
200 msec.
E-24
Ecode.p65
24
00/10/16, 15:06
ERROR CODE
5 Self Diagnosis (PDL Board)
E677
Main cause
The connection between the host machine and the PDL board is faulty. The
system software is faulty. The hard disk is faulty. The PDL board is faulty.
The system controller PCB of the host machine is faulty.
Condition of
detection
0001 DPRAM size error
In communication for initialization, the DPRAM size returned by
the PDL board to the host machine has an error.
(The host machine is aware of the DPRAM size in advance; the
DPRAM is a dual-port RAM used for communication between the
host machine and the PDL board, and is mounted on the PDL
board.)
0002 Initialization communication error
In communication for initialization, the contents of communication
returned by the PDL board to the host machine have an error and,
therefore, communication cannot be established.
0004 PDL board disconnection
After the connection of the PDL board is recognized at power-on,
the PDL board is disconnected.
During power-up, monitoring is executed at intervals of 2 min;
however, if the CPU is not on (sleep state or the like), no error will
be identified even if the PDL board is discontented.
If the PDL board is disconnected in sleep state, the absence of the
PDL board will be recognized at the start of the CPU.
0080 Communication error
An error in communication has occurred after the communication
between the host machine and the PDL board has been established.
For communication related to the sleep mode (power control) of
the host machine, the response from the PDL board is disrupted for
2 min or more.
E-25
Ecode.p65
25
00/10/16, 15:06
ERROR CODE
Main cause
The connector is disconnected. The cooling fan is faulty. The PDL board is
faulty. The host machine is faulty. The system controller PCB is faulty.
Condition of
detection
0101 cooling fan error
The rotation of the cooling fan slows down or the absence (disconnection) of the fan is detected.
The revolution of the fan is monitored at all times as long as the
fan is rotating. (The cooling fan keeps rotating while the main
switch remains on.)
E-26
Ecode.p65
26
00/10/16, 15:06
Application
This manual has been issued by Canon Inc. for qualified persons to learn technical
theory, installation, maintenance, and repair of products. This manual covers all localities
where the products are sold. For this reason, there may be information in this manual that
does not apply to your locality.
Corrections
This manual may contain technical inaccuracies or typographical errors due to
improvements or changes in products. When changes occur in applicable products or in
the contents of this manual, Canon will release technical information as the need arises.
In the event of major changes in the contents of this manual over a long or short period,
Canon will issue a new edition of this manual.
The following paragraph does not apply to any countries where such provisions are
inconsistent with local law.
Trademarks
The product names and company names used in this manual are the registered
trademarks of the individual companies.
Prepared by
Office Imaging Products Technical Support Division
Office Imaging Products Quality Assurance Center
CANON INC.
Printed in Japan
REVISION 0 (NOV. 2000) (23715/26168/36086)
5-1, Hakusan 7-chome, Toride-shi, Ibaraki 302-8501 Japan
Copyright
This manual is copyrighted with all rights reserved. Under the copyright laws, this
manual may not be copied, reproduced or translated into another language, in whole or in
part, without the written consent of Canon Inc.
COPYRIGHT 2000 CANON INC.

Printed in Japan
Imprim au Japon
Caution
Use of this manual should be strictly supervised to avoid disclosure of confidential information.
Cover 2
Cover 3
Color imageRUNNER C2050/2020

iR C2100/2100S
This publication is
printed on 100%
recycled paper.
Color imageRUNNER
C2050/2020
iR C2100/2100S
SERVICE HANDBOOK
REVISION 0
REVISION 0
CANON INC.
NOV. 2000
PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON)
1100AB0.50-0
Cover 4
FY8-23B9-000
Cover 1

Canon IRC2100

Uploaded by

Document Information

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Canon IRC2100

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

Color imageRUNNER C2050/2020

COPYRIGHT 2000 CANON INC.

Indicates an item requiring care to avoid electric shocks.

Indicates an item requiring care to avoid combustion (fire).

Indicates an item prohibiting disassembly to avoid electric shocks or problems.

Indicates an item intended to provide notes assisting the understanding of the

Provides a description of the nature of an error indication.

Contents (Reader Unit)

3 Scheduled Servicing ........................... 1-2

CHAPTER 2 STANDARDS AND ADJUSTMENTS

3.2 When Replacing the Reader

CHAPTER 3 ARRANGEMENT AND FUNCTIONS

3 Special Tools ...................................... A-4

Contents (Printer Unit)

2.2 Cassette Pedestal ........................ 1-3

CHAPTER 2 STANDARDS AND ADJUSTMENTS

Removing the DIMM ........ 2-29

7.2 Downloading ............................ 2-33

CHAPTER 3 ARRANGEMENT AND FUNCTIONS

Sensors ................................................ 3-2

Controller PCB ........................ 3-19

3 Printer Unit General Circuit

Contents (Service Mode)

3.4 S-CON ..................................... S-36

Contents (Error Code)

CHAPTER 1 MAINTENANCE AND INSPECTION

CHAPTER 1 MAINTENANCE AND

2 Consumables and Durables

CHAPTER 1 MAINTENANCE AND INSPECTION

CHAPTER 1 MAINTENANCE AND INSPECTION

CHAPTER 1 MAINTENANCE AND INSPECTION

4 Scheduled Servicing Chart

Standard white plate

CHAPTER 2 STANDARDS AND ADJUSTMENTS

CHAPTER 2 STANDARDS AND

1.2 Checking the Image Position

See 1 Adjusting the Image Position in Chapter 2 of the Printer Handbook.

CHAPTER 2 STANDARDS AND ADJUSTMENTS

2 Making Scanner-Related Adjustments

Put the metal ball into

Try not to allow a gap

Put the metal ball

Try not to allow a gap

CHAPTER 2 STANDARDS AND ADJUSTMENTS

2.2 Adjusting the Intensity of the Scanning Lamp

DIP SW1 for

CHAPTER 2 STANDARDS AND ADJUSTMENTS

2.3 After Replacing the Scanning Lamp

2.4 Mounting Back the Existing Scanning Lamp

CHAPTER 2 STANDARDS AND ADJUSTMENTS

2.5 Keeping the Reader Unit Level

CHAPTER 2 STANDARDS AND ADJUSTMENTS

2.6 After Replacing the Standard White Plate

XXXX YYYY ZZZZ

CHAPTER 2 STANDARDS AND ADJUSTMENTS

3 Adjusting Other Electrical Parts

7) Execute adjustment of the scanning lamp light intensity.

CHAPTER 2 STANDARDS AND ADJUSTMENTS

3.2 When Replacing the Reader Controller PCB

CHAPTER 2 STANDARDS AND ADJUSTMENTS

3.3 When Replacing the AP-IP PCB

3.4 When Replacing the ECO PCB

3.5 When Replacing the Light Intensity Detection PCB

CHAPTER 2 STANDARDS AND ADJUSTMENTS